258
DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 Supersedes all prior versions

DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DESIGNERSPECIFICATIONGUIDEEFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015Supersedes all prior versions

Page 2: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Index by Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-EThomasville Studio 1904 Design Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1NKBA Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3Performa™ Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

PRODUCT INFORMATIONDoor Style Specie Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4Door Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Premium Color Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14Standard/Premium Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1512-Step Finishing Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Characteristics of Wood Types & Glazing/Paint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Humidification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Premium Finish Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Cabinet Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-24Construction Upgrade Options Comparison Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Construction Upgrades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Construction Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Door/Roll Tray/Drawer Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Custom Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-39Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Cut for Glass Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Mullion Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Installed Textured Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43-45Cabinet Care Suggestions & Tips to the Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Wall Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48-82Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83-115Tall Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-133Office Cabinetry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134-139Vanity Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140-160Bathroom Clearance Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

FINISHING TOUCHESFillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162-167Panels and Skins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168-180Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181-206Pre-Designed Moulding Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182-188Valances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206-207Embellishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207-221Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222-227Accessories and Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228-241Policies and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242-244Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245Index by Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246-247

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

Effective October 2015

Page 3: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Description CodePageNumber

Acanthus Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACOVLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Angled Corner Sink Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100Angled Corner Sink Front Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACSFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Angled Corner Sink Front without Sink Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Angled Fluted/Plain Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BLVDFF, BLVDTFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Arched Valance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Art Corbel, 9" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CORBELART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218Arts & Crafts Bracket, 11 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JBRACKETART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220Arts & Crafts Open Corbel, 14" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JCORBELARTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221Asymmetrical Base Easy Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Asymmetrical Easy Reach Wall Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Asymmetrical Solid Wood Super Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SLSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Asymmetrical Super Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Bar Leg, 2-Sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2SBARLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213Bar Leg, 4-Sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4SBARLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214Base & Tall Panels w/Filler Attached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEPF..LAM, BEPF..WD, TEP..FLAM, TEP..FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174Base & Tall Panel w/Filler Attached & Furniture End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEPF..FPE, TEP..FFPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Base Box Column Filler, Plain/Fluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..BCFF, B..BCFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Base Box Column Pullout, Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BBCPO..OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Base Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Base Decorative Door End Panel Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Base Decorative Door End Panel Kit, Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEDSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Base Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84, 85Base Easy Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Base End Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Base End Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEPLAM, BEPWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Base End Panel Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEPS..LAM, BEPS..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Base Full Height w/Tray Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Base Lazy Susan Corner w/Full Height Door & Lazy Susan (w/Center Hinged Door) .BLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Base Microwave Cabinet w/Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BMWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114, 115Base Oven Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Base Pan Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233Base Panel w/Filler Attached & Authentic End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEPF..AE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176Base Panel w/Filler Attached & Authentic End, Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BEPF..AELSD, BEPF..AERSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176Base Pantry Pullout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Base Pots & Pans Pullout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BPPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Base Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Base Spice Drawer, 24" Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Base Transition Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BTC..LL, BTC..LR, BTC..RL, BTC..RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Base Wastebasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110, 111Base Wastebasket Full Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BWB..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Base w/Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..CIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Base w/Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer & Roll Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..RTCIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89, 90Base Wine Cubby, 24" Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Base w/Roll Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Base w/Rollout Tray Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..TDRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Base w/Tray Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92, 93Base w/Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..WTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Base w/Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer & Roll Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..RTWTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Baseboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Baseboard - Shaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BBMSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Bumper Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BUMPERPADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240CabMat™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CABMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233CabMat™ Vanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CABMATV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233Cabinet Panel Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Cap Moulding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CAPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203Chrome Tray Divider Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CTDK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235Classic Tall Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CLTCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Cooking Utensil Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CUDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233Corner Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

INDEX

BY

DESCRIPTION

AEffective October 2015

Page 4: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Description CodePageNumber

Corner Filler, 3" Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Corner Rosette, 3" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BFRC3X, FFRC3X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Cornice Tall Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .COTCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Countertop Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Country Sink Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CNTYSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Cove Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .COVECROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Craftsman Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JCRAFTFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214Cross Grain Veneer Back Panel Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BP..CRSGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231Decorative Split Turning, Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPTRINGEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216Decorative Split Turning, Reed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPTRINGREED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217Decorative Split Turning, Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPTRINGSPOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217Dentil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Desk Door Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137Desk Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137Desk File Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Diagonal Base w/Full Height Door & Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DAB..S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Diagonal Base w/Full Height Door & Super Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DAB..SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Diagonal Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67, 68Diagonal Wall w/Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DW..LS, DW..S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69, 68Double Oven Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130-133Drawer Guide Back Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DGK-BKSOCKET-PG, DGK-BKSOCKET-RD, DGK-BKSOCKET-SP . . .228Drawer Guide Kit - Premium Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DGK..PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228Drawer Guide Kit - Roll Tray QuietClose Premium Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DGK..RTSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228Easy Reach Wall Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Egg & Dart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196English Bar Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENGBARCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209English Island Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENGISLCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209Exterior Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229False Panel Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FALSEPANELCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234Filler, 3" Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F, TF, TF..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162Filler, 6" Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F, TF, TF..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Finished Back Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BP..LAM, BP..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Flat Scribe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Four Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Four Drawer Base w/Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4DB..CIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Full Depth Shelf Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229Full Height Base Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Full Height Base Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Furniture Drawer Window Bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FDWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139Furniture Valance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Glass Shelf Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JGSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Glass Shelf Kit, Diagonal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JGSKDW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Hardware - Decorative Pulls & Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .KNOB, PULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222-227Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227, 238Hinge Angle Restriction Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HINGERESCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239Insert Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INSCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Inside Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ICM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204Island Leg, 2-Sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2SISLLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212Island Leg, 4-Sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4SISLLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213Large Corbel, 13" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LGCORBEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218Large Mission Corbel, 9" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CORBELMIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219Large Scroll Corbel, 9" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CORBELSCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220Large Shaker Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LSHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Large Square Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LGSQFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Large Straight Angle Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LSACROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Lazy Susan End Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BLSBEPLAM, BLSBEPWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LBRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Light Baffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203Light Rail Moulding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

INDEX

BY

DESCRIPTION

BEffective October 2015

Page 5: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Description CodePageNumber

Lille Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LIFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216Linen Closet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Linen Closet w/Removable Hamper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LCRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Medium Straight Angle Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MSACROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Metro Bar Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .METBARCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210Metro Island Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .METISLCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210Mirror Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199Mission Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JMISINSERTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Mission Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLEGMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Mission Rosette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ROSETTEMIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Mission Tile Rosette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JTILEMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Moulding Kits, Pre-Designed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .STKMLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181-188Olde World Corbel, 5" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CORBELOWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219Ogee Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OGEEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199Outside Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Outside Corner 135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Oven Installation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OCINSTALLKIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237Overlay Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164Pegged Dish Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PDO, PDOPOSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234Pots & Pans Organizer Base w/Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B..PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Premium Door Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239Quarter Round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .QRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Raised Panel Arched Valance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JRPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Reed Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RDLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Retainer Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RETCLIP..BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240Roll Tray Kit - Premium Guide (SP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RT..SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Roll Tray Plug In Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RTBKSXSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Shaker Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHKRCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Shelf Pegs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHELFPEGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Shoe - Convex Inside Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Single Bead Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199Single Door Medicine Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Single Oven Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-129Sink Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Sink Base SuperCabinet™ w/Tiltout Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SB..STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Sink Base w/Tiltout Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SB..ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96, 97Small Cove Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SMCOVECROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Small Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Small Light Rail Moulding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SMLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203Small Mission Corbel, 6" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CORBELMIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218Small Scribe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Small Scroll Corbel, 6" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CORBELSCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219Snack Bar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220Soffit Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Soffit Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TSTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Solid Wood Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SWCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Solid Wood Large Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SWLCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Solid Wood Super Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SLSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Solid Wood Tall Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SWTCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194Solid Wood Victorian Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SWVCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194Space Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S..X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Special Size Vanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Spool Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212Stain & Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAINTPREMIUM, PAINTQUART, STAINPREMIUM, STAINSTANDARD .239Starter Moulding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .STR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Starter Moulding, Shaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .STRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Straight Angle Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SACROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Straight Heat Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .STRTHEATSHIELD, STRTHSHIELDSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237Straight Valance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

INDEX

BY

DESCRIPTION

CEffective October 2015

Page 6: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Description CodePageNumber

Super Lazy Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104SuperCabinet™, 30" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BSC..PR, BSC..RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88SuperCabinet™, 36" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BSC..PRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Tall Box Column Filler, Plain/Fluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T..BCFF, T..BCFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Tall Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MTCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Tall Decorative Door End Panel Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180Tall Decorative Door End Panel Kit, Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TED..SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180Tall End Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TEP..LAM, TEP..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172, 173Tall End Panel Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TEPS..LAM, TEPS..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Tall Panel w/Filler Attached & Authentic End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TEP..FAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Tall Panel w/Filler Attached & Authentic End, Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TEP..FAELSD, TEP..FAERSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178Tapered Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TAPLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Tapered Wood Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TWH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Tapered Wood Hood Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TWHBLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Three Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Tiltout Tray, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234Toeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TB8LAM, TB8WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202Toekick Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TKC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202Toekick Tulip Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TKTLFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Touch-Up Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MTUK, TUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240Triple Bead Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TBEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Triple Bead Pilaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Tulip Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TLFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216Two Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Two Drawer Base w/Pegged Dish Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2DB..PDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Two Drawer Base w/Roll Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2DB..RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Two Drawer Base w/Roll Tray & Pegged Dish Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2DB..RTPDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Under Counter Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138, 155Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117-121Utility w/Roll Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .U..RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122-125Valley Forge Moulding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204Vanity Base, Double Door w/Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 146Vanity Base, Single Door w/Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144, 145Vanity Desk Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VDL..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Vanity Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146Vanity Four Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4VDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Vanity Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Vanity Sink Base, Single Door w/False Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 142Vanity Sink Base w/False Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141-144Vanity Sink Base w/Six Drawers & False Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6VSD..FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Vanity Sink Base w/Three Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VS3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Vanity Sink Drawer Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2VSD, 2VSD..FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147-150Vanity Sink Drawer Base w/False Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VSD..FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150-153Vanity Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Vanity Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Vanity Wall Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Vanity Wall Towel Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VWTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Wall Appliance Garage Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WAGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 74Wall Bookcase w/Furniture Valance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W..BCFV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Wall Bookcase w/Straight Valance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W..BCVV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Wall Box Column Filler, Plain/Fluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W..BCFF, W..BCFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Wall Box Column Pullout, Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WBCPO..OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Wall China Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Wall Corner Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66, 67Wall Corner Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65, 66Wall Decorative Door End Panel Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180Wall Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W, W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 51, 52,

54, 56, 58,60, 61, 62

Wall End Cabinet Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WEC..D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

INDEX

BY

DESCRIPTION

DEffective October 2015

Page 7: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Description CodePageNumber

Wall End Cabinet Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Wall End Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WEP..LAM, WEP..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Wall End Panel Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WEPS..LAM, WEPS..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169Wall Message Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Wall Microwave Double Door Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Wall Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Wall Quarter Round End Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WQRES..STSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Wall Refrigerator Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50, 51, 53,

55, 57, 59Wall Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 50, 52,

53, 55, 57,60, 61

Wall Spice Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Wall Spice Pullout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Wall Three Drawer Double Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Wall Three Drawer Single Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Wall Transition Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WTC..LL, WTC..LR, WTC..RL, WTC..RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Wall Wine Cubby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Wall Wine Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Wine Glass Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235Wine Storage Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Wood Hood Blower, 500 CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Wood Hood Canopy Arched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WHCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Wood Hood Canopy Square . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WHCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Wood Hood Ductless Conversion Kit & Filter Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CONVERSION, FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231, 232Wood V-Grooved Panel Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BP..VG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

INDEX

BY

DESCRIPTION

EEffective October 2015

Page 8: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

did you remember to...

STYLES AND PRICINGSelect Door Style, Finish, Construction, and Pricing Level. (If copyingand pasting from one order to another, remember to reset styles andpricing.)

CONSTRUCTION OPTIONSConsider exposed end options:

Modify exposed cabinets to PE, APC, or FPEB. The veneer finished endwill age uniformly with the rest of the kitchen.Upgrade exposed cabinet ends with Authentic Ends (AUTHL/AUTHR) orFurniture Plywood Ends Both (FPEB) Modification.Apply 1/4" veneer skin to hide 1/4" reveal. This will allow the ends toage uniformly with the rest of the kitchen and will make it flush.Apply decorative door kit (BED, WED, TED). This kit includes 1/4"veneer skin, decorative doors, and screws for field installation.

WOOD AND FINISH CHARACTERISTICSReview specific details with the customer:

Mineral Streaks, Birdseye Dots, Grain Variations (especially Hickory).Color Variations/Darkening (especially Cherry).Finish Variations (Glazes are ‘‘consistently inconsistent’’), hairline cracksmay develop at frame joints on painted frame.Underside of cabinets are Natural Maple or White laminate. Use lightrail or cabinet panel edge and skin to hide, especially when designingwith peninsula wall cabinets.

CLEARANCESAdd fillers between end cabinets and walls on full overlay door styles.Allow space between door/window trim and end cabinets forcountertop and top molding overhang.Include refrigerator door hinges in overall refrigerator height whenplacing cabinets above it.

Maintain a minimum clearance of 3" by pulling blind corners as follows:Full Overlay: 1 1/4", Standard Overlay 1/2". (More is needed in certainsituations such as when adjacent to an appliance or when usingoversized pulls or knobs.)Allow sufficient clearance (3") on each side of accessory cabinets (suchas roll trays, swingout units, etc.). Doors on these cabinets must openfully for accessories to be functional.Ensure the height between the cooktop and range hood is 24" to meetNKBA guidelines.

Qualify customer carefully on upper cabinet/microwaveadvantages/disadvantages as follows:

Minimum of 18" from cooktop to upper cabinet/above the rangemicrowave which allows for easy access to either, but less room overback burner.Minimum of 21" from cooktop to upper cabinet/microwave whichallows for access to large pots on back burner of cooktop, but longerreach to microwave.

FILLERSPlace fillers toward end of run where least conspicuous if needed.Attach overlay fillers on top of base, wall, or tall fillers when using fulloverlay door styles to maintain a consistent reveal. Don’t forget toinclude blind corner fillers.Add a filler at least 6" wide to accommodate a decorative onlay whenthe filler is used as valance.

THOMASVILLE STUDIO 1904 DESIGN CHECKLIST

VARYING HEIGHTS AND DEPTHSAlso increase the depth of a wall cabinet run when you increase theheight (so moulding on adjacent cabinet will kill into the side of thetaller cabinet).Skin the sides of tall cabinets to keep adjacent base and wall cabinetsout from reveal of tall cabinet.Add increased depth on tall end panels for a built-in look for deeprefrigerators.Account for the additional support needed for wall cabinets with adepth of 18" or greater. This can be achieved by installing a soffit orend panels.

MATCHING INTERIOR CABINETS/GLASS OPTIONSVerify cut for glass or mullion door option is available on desiredcabinet size. (See Door Options charts for available cut for glass/mulliondoor sizes.)Verify glass insert option is available for desired cut for glass door sizechosen.Verify Matching Interior Plywood (MIP) option has been selected for allopen or glass cabinets.Use light rail and skin to hide color variation between bottom of MIPcabinets next to non-MIP cabinets.Verify mullion door lite grid matches customer expectations.

MOULDINGSOrder rosettes and plinths in beaded or fluted styles to match fillers.Verify correct amount of crown moulding has been ordered.Order toekick caps.Order extra scribe.

ISLANDS AND PENINSULASConsider standard height bars are 34 1/2" tall and require 19" kneespace. Raised bars are 42" tall.Consider base peninsula cabinets (P) are 24 1/4" deep and require 12"of knee space. Use back panels/doors to flush non-P cabinets with Pcabinets.Use recess toe on sides and back or BBM8 when using multiple basecabinets to create an island.Use outside corner moulding if a skin is exposed on the back of theisland.

APPLIANCESDo not place dishwashers next to diagonal front cabinet (interference)or next to a range (no countertop support).Verify refrigerator door has enough clearance to open beyond 90degrees so refrigerator drawers can be utilized. Refer to appliancemanufacturer’s specs.Add TF696FH, as it may be required to frame around built-inmicrowave ovens and other built-in items. Refer to appliancemanufacturer’s specs.Order appliance panels.Note to All Consumers: Appliances are not included in any cabinetryproduct.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONSConsider V-Groove skins and/or decorative doors on exposed cabinetsides in glazed kitchen.

MISCELLANEOUSOrder full size touch-up kit (mini touch-up kit included with standardsink base).

DESIGN

CHECKLIST

1Effective October 2015

Page 9: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

NKBA GUIDELINES

kitchen planning guidelines

DOOR/ENTRY

• Door opening should be at least 32" wide, requiring a minimum 2' 10"wide door.

DOOR INTERFERENCE

• Entry door should not interfere with safe appliance operation orappliance doors.

DISTANCE BETWEEN WORK CENTERS

• With three work centers, the total distance traveled should not be morethan 26' with no single leg of the triangle less than 4' or more than 9'.

• With more than three work centers, each additional travel distance toanother work center should be no less than 4' or more than 9'. Each legis measured from the center-front of the appliance/sink. No worktriangle leg should intersect an island/peninsula by more than 12".

SEPARATING WORK CENTERS

• A tall obstacle should not separate two primary work centers. A properlyrecessed tall corner unit is acceptable.

WORK TRIANGLE TRAFFIC

• Major traffic patterns should not cross through the basic work triangle.

WORK AISLE

• The work aisle should be at least 42" for one cook and at least 48" formultiple cooks.

WALKWAY

• The walkway width should be at least 36".

TRAFFIC CLEARANCE AT SEATING

• Allow 32" of clearance from the table to wall/obstacle if no trafficpasses behind a seated diner. If traffic passes behind the diner, allow atleast 36" to edge past or 44" to walk past.

SEATING CLEARANCE

• 30" high tables/counters should allow a 24" wide by 18" deep space foreach seated diner and at least 18" kneespace.

• 36" high counters should allow a 24" wide by 15" deep space for eachseated diner and at least 15" kneespace.

• 42" high counters should allow a 24" wide by 12" deep space for eachseated diner and at least 12" kneespace.

CLEAN-UP/PREP SINK PLACEMENT

• With only one sink, locate it adjacent to or across from the cookingsurface and refrigerator.

CLEAN-UP/PREP SINK LANDING AREA

• Include at least a 24" wide landing space on one side of the sink and18" on the other.

• If all the countertop at the sink is not the same height, plan a 24"landing space on one side of the sink and 3" of countertop frontage onthe other, both at the same height of the sink.

PREPARATION/WORK AREA

• Include a section of countertop at least 36" wide x 24" deep next to thesink for a work area.

DISHWASHER PLACEMENT

• Nearest edge of dishwasher should be within 36" of nearest edge ofsink. Provide at least 21" of standing space between the edge of thedishwasher and countertop frontage/appliances/cabinets which areplaced at a right angle to the dishwasher.

WASTE RECEPTACLES

• Include at least two waste receptacles, one near the sink and the othernearby for recycling.

AUXILIARY SINK

• Provide at least 3" of countertop frontage on one side of the auxiliarysink and 18" on the other side, both at the same height of the sink.

REFRIGERATOR LANDING AREA

• Include at least 15" of landing area on the handle side of therefrigerator, 15" on either side of a side-by-side refrigerator, 15" oflanding space which is no more than 48" across from the front of therefrigerator, and 15" above or adjacent to any under counter-stylerefrigerator.

COOKING SURFACE LANDING AREA

• Include a minimum of 12" of landing area on one side of the cookingsurface and 15" on the other.

• If cooking surface is at a different countertop height than the rest of thekitchen, then the 12" and 15" landing areas must be the same height asthe cooking surface.

• For safety reasons, in an island or peninsula situation, the countertopshould extend a minimum of 9" behind the cooking surface if thecounter height is the same height as the cooking surface.

COOKING SURFACE CLEARANCE

• Allow 24" between the cooking surface and a protected noncombustiblesurface above it.

• At least 30" of clearance is required between the cooking surface andan unprotected/combustible surface above it.

• If a microwave hood combination is used, then the manufacturer’sspecifications should be followed.

COOKING SURFACE VENTILATION

• A correctly sized, ducted ventilation system is recommended for allcooking surface appliances. The recommended minimum is 150 CFM.

• Code requires that the manufacturer’s specifications be followed.Minimum exhaust rate for a ducted hood is 100 CFM and must beducted to the outside.

• Make-up airway may need to be provided. Refer to local codes.

COOKING SURFACE SAFETY

• Do not locate cooking surface under an operable window.

• Window treatments above cooking surface should not use flammablematerials.

• Place a fire extinguisher near the kitchen exit away from cookingequipment.

MICROWAVE OVEN PLACEMENT

• The ideal location for the bottom of the microwave is 3" below theprinciple user’s shoulder, but no more than 54" above the floor.

NKBA

GUIDELINES

2Effective October 2015

Page 10: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

kitchen planning guidelines (continued)

MICROWAVE LANDING AREA

• Provide at least 15" above, below, or adjacent to the handle side of amicrowave oven.

OVEN LANDING AREA

• Include at least 15" next to or above the oven.

• A 15" landing area that is not more than 48" away is also acceptable aslong as the oven does not open into a walkway.

COMBINING LANDING AREAS

• If two landing areas are adjacent to one another, determine a newminimum for the two by taking the longer of the two and adding 12".

COUNTERTOP SPACE

• A total of 158" of countertop frontage, 24" deep, with at least 15"clearance above is needed to accommodate all landing, preparation,work, and storage areas.

COUNTERTOP EDGES

• Clipped or round corners rather than sharp edges are recommended onall counters.

STORAGE

• The recommended total shelf/drawer frontage for a small kitchen (lessthan 150 square feet) is 1400", a medium kitchen (151 to 350 squarefeet) is 1700", and for a large kitchen (greater than 350 square feet) is2000".

Sizes: S M L

Wall 300" 360" 360"Base 520" 615" 660"Drawer 360" 400" 525"Pantry 180" 230" 310"Misc. 40" 95" 145"

• The totals for wall, base, drawer, and pantry shelf/drawer frontage can beadjusted upward or downward as long as the recommended total stays thesame.

STORAGE AT CLEAN-UP/PREP SINK

• The recommended total for a small kitchen is 400", a medium kitchen is480", a large kitchen is 560", and should be located within 72" of thecenterline of the main clean-up/prep sink.

CORNER CABINET STORAGE

• At least one corner cabinet should include a functional storage device.

ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES

• GFCI (Ground-Fault-Circuit-Interruptor) protection is required on allreceptacles servicing countertop surfaces within the kitchen.

LIGHTING

• Every work surface should be well illuminated. At least one wall switch-controlled light must be placed at the entrance.

• Window/skylight area, equal to at least 8 of the total square footage ofthe kitchen, or a total living space which includes a kitchen, is required.

NKBA GUIDELINES

bathroom planning guidelines

DOOR/ENTRY

• Doorway opening should be at least 32", requiring a minimum 2' 10"wide door.

DOOR INTERFERENCE

• The door area should include clear floor space for maneuvering whichvaries according to the type of door and the direction of the approach.

CEILING HEIGHT

• Bathroom floor to ceiling minimum height is 80". A shower or tub with ashower head shall have a minimum floor to ceiling height of 80" above aminimum area 30" x 30" at the shower head.

CLEAR SPACE

• Plan a clear space of 30" from the front edge of all fixtures to anyopposite bath fixture, wall, or obstacle.

• A minimum space of at least 21" is required in front of lavatory, toilet,bidet, and tub, with a 24" minimum space in front of a shower entry.

SINGLE LAVATORY PLACEMENT

• The distance from the centerline of the lavatory to the sidewall/tallobstacle should be at least 20".

• The minimum distance required is 15". The minimum distance requiredbetween a wall and the edge of a lavatory is 4".

DOUBLE LAVATORY PLACEMENT

• The distance between the centerlines of two lavatories should be atleast 36".

• The minimum distance required is 30".

• The minimum distance required between the edges of two lavatories is 4".

LAVATORY/VANITY HEIGHT

• The height for a lavatory varies between 32"-43" to fit the user.

COUNTERTOP EDGES

• Clipped or round corners rather than sharp edges are recommended onall counters.

SHOWER SIZE

• The interior shower size should be at least 36" x 36". The minimuminterior shower size required is 30" x 30".

STORAGE

• Provide adequate, accessible storage for toiletries, bath linens,grooming, and general bathroom supplies.

• Storage of frequently used items should be 15" to 48" above floor.

• Load bearing cabinet floors and shelves meet KCMA standards of 15lbs. per square foot. Warranty does not cover overloading beyond thispoint.

ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES

• All GFCI receptacles should be located at electrical appliance points ofuse.

To view a complete and updated list of the NKBA Guidelines, visithttp://www.nkba.org/guidelines/default.aspx© Copyright 2007 National Kitchen & Bath Association.

NKBA

GUIDELINES

3Effective October 2015

Page 11: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DOOR STYLE SPECIE CHART

For your convenience, Thomasville Studio 1904 doors have been assigned a PRICE POINT designation; ‘‘Price Point A’’ represents our finest, higher-pricedcabinets and ‘‘Price Point J’’ reflects our most economically-priced cabinets. Use the chart below to determine the price code for your preferred cabinetrystyle.

Cherry Hickory MapleBaden F G G

Bensley F G

Bruckner I J

Costello D E E

Darien G H

Donovan A B

Draker D E

Flannagan H I

Gibson G H

Vincent H I I

Wilton D E E

Yuma C D

DOOR

STYLES

4Effective October 2015

Page 12: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

FULL OVERLAY DOOR STYLES

Costello(page 9)

Darien(page 10)

Donovan(page 10)

Draker(page 11)

Flannagan(page 11)

Yuma(page 13)

PARTIAL OVERLAY DOOR STYLES

Baden(page 8)

Bensley(page 8)

Bruckner(page 9)

Gibson(page 12)

Vincent(page 12)

Wilton(page 13)

DOOR

STYLES

5Effective October 2015

Page 13: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

FULL AND PARTIAL OVERLAY SPECIFICATIONS

FULL OVERLAY PARTIAL OVERLAY

1/4"

1/4"

1/4"

1/4"

1/4"1/2"

1/2"*

1/2" 1/8"1/4"1/4"

1/4"Wall with Butt Doors

UtilityCabinet

BaseCabinet

DrawerBase**

1/8"

1"

1"

1"

1"

13/4"

1"

2"***

1" 2"

1"2"

Wall with Butt Doors

UtilityCabinet

BaseCabinet

DrawerBase**

*1" on 90" high utilities**34 1/2" high application shown. On 32" high Full Overlay three drawer applications (drawer bases and sink bases with drawers), the reveal above

the bottom drawer front is 1/2".***2 1/2" on 90" high utilities, 1 1/2" on 93" high utilitiesOne double door center stile cabinet has the same reveal as two single door cabinets.

DOOR

STYLES

6Effective October 2015

Page 14: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DOOR STYLE SPECIFICATIONS

Cherry• When Cherry door styles are ordered, it is recommended to apply a finished end option or a veneer end panel for exposed ends due to the natural aging of Cherry.Maple• When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, the door and/or drawer front center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).

MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant to warping, expansion, and contraction.All Door Styles• All doors and drawer fronts are 3/4" thick.Door and Drawer Front Side Profiles• Veneer and MDF components are shown with gray shading on side profiles. Solid wood components do not have shading.Wood Grain• See reference images for wood grain direction on all other door styles.

Grain

Grain

Grain

Grain

DRAWER FRONT SPECIFICATIONS

5-piece drawer front dimensions chart5-PIECEDRAWER FRONTS

DRAWER FRONTWIDTH

DRAWER FRONTHEIGHT

PANEL FLATWIDTH

PANEL FLATHEIGHT

Bensley 7" 5 1/2" 2 3/4" 1 1/4"Donovan 8 1/2" 6 1/4" 3 1/2" 1 1/4"Drawer sizes are representative of a 9" wide base cabinet.

DOOR

STYLES

7Effective October 2015

Page 15: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DOOR STYLES

badencherry, hickory, and mapleSee page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT F PRICE

POINT G PRICEPOINT G

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Shaker Style Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1/2" Partial Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/4"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

bensleycherry and mapleSee page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT F — PRICE

POINT G

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Miter Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1/2" Partial Overlay• 5-Piece Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor and/or drawer front center panel may be constructed of MediumDensity Fiberboard (MDF). MDF provides a smoother finish when painted,and is more resistant to warping, expansion, and contraction.

21/2"

doorprofile

21/8"

drawerfront

profile

DOOR

STYLES

8Effective October 2015

Page 16: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

brucknercherry and maple

See page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT I — PRICE

POINT J

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1/2" Partial Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/8"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

costellocherry, hickory, and maple

See page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT D PRICE

POINT E PRICEPOINT E

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Shaker Style Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1 1/4" Full Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/2"

doorprofile 3/4"

drawerfront

profile

DOOR

STYLES

9Effective October 2015

Page 17: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

dariencherry and mapleSee page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT G — PRICE

POINT H

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Doors• Veneer Raised Panel• 1 1/4" Full Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/2"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

donovancherry and mapleSee page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT A — PRICE

POINT B

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Miter Doors• Solid Raised Panel• 1 1/4" Full Overlay• 5-Piece Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/2"

doorprofile

21/2"

drawerfront

profile

21/2"

drawerfront

profile10" +

DOOR

STYLES

10Effective October 2015

Page 18: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

drakercherry and maple

See page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT D — PRICE

POINT E

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Shaker Style Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1 1/4" Full Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

3"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

flannagancherry and maple

See page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT H — PRICE

POINT I

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1 1/4" Full Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/2"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

DOOR

STYLES

11Effective October 2015

Page 19: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

gibsoncherry and mapleSee page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT G — PRICE

POINT H

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Miter Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1/2" Partial Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/2"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

vincentcherry, hickory, and mapleSee page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT H PRICE

POINT I PRICEPOINT I

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Doors• Veneer Raised Panel• 1/2" Partial Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/8"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

DOOR

STYLES

12Effective October 2015

Page 20: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wiltoncherry, hickory, and maple

See page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT D PRICE

POINT E PRICEPOINT E

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Doors• Solid Raised Panel• 1/2" Partial Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

21/8"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

yumacherry and maple

See page 15 for finish availability.

CHERRY HICKORY MAPLE*

PRICEPOINT C — PRICE

POINT D

wall base• Square Wall and Square Base Wide Rail Shaker Style Doors• Veneer Flat Panel• 1 1/4" Full Overlay• 3/4" Solid, Slab Drawer Front

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, thedoor center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant towarping, expansion, and contraction.

3"

doorprofile

3/4"

drawerfront

profile

DOOR

STYLES

13Effective October 2015

Page 21: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

FINI

SHES

THOMASVILLE STUDIO 1904 PREMIUM COLOR PALETTEGlazed Wood FinishesPalomino − A two tone finish. A light toned finish that is highlighted with a dark espresso glaze. The glaze is meant to be seen primarily in the profiled areasand has minimal affect to the overall color.

Whiskey Black − A warm finish with a rich dark patina to create a true reproduction of a period style antique.

Glazed Opaque Finishes†

Cotton with Carrara* − A two tone finish. An antique white opaque base toner is highlighted by a gray glaze.

Cotton with Toasted Almond* − A two tone finish. An antique white opaque base toner is highlighted by a medium brown glaze.

Premium White Finishes† (See page 19 for Premium Finish Disclaimer)

Cotton* − A warm white opaque finish.

White* − A subtle white color. White laminate interior standard.

*When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, the door and/or drawer front center panel may be constructed of MediumDensity Fiberboard (MDF). MDF provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant to warping, expansion, and contraction.

†On wood products, normal movement is typical due to changes in climatic conditions. This will cause hairline cracks at stile and rail and paneljoints. This hairline cracking is a normal characteristic of opaque and painted finishes and will not be considered a reason for productreplacement. See page 19 for a complete paint finish form disclaimer.

PREM

IUM

COLOR

PALETTE

14Effective October 2015

Page 22: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

THOMASVILLE STUDIO 1904 AVAILABLE FINISHES

maple door styles‡

Bade

nM

aple

Bens

ley

Map

le

Bruc

kner

Map

le

Cost

ello

Map

le

Darie

nM

aple

Dono

van

Map

le

Drak

erM

aple

Flan

naga

nM

aple

Gibs

onM

aple

Vinc

entM

aple

Wilt

onM

aple

Yum

aM

aple

FINISHES STANDARD FINISHES Barrel ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Brulee ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Chocolate ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Fox ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Macaroon ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Natural ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Trestle ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

GLAZED WOOD FINISHES Palomino ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

Whiskey Black ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

GLAZED OPAQUE FINISHES Cotton with Carrara ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

Cotton with Toasted Almond ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

PREMIUM WHITE FINISHES Cotton ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

White^ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

^ White painted cabinets have a white laminate interior standard.‡ When a Glazed Opaque Finish or a Premium White Finish is specified, the door and/or drawer front center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF). MDF

provides a smoother finish when painted, and is more resistant to warping, expansion, and contraction.

cherry door styles

Bade

nCh

erry

Bens

ley

Cher

ry

Bruc

kner

Cher

ry

Cost

ello

Cher

ry

Darie

nCh

erry

Dono

van

Cher

ry

Drak

erCh

erry

Flan

naga

nCh

erry

Gibs

onCh

erry

Vinc

entC

herr

y

Wilt

onCh

erry

Yum

aCh

erry

FINISHES STANDARD FINISHES Barrel ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Brulee ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Chocolate ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Fox ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Macaroon ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Natural* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Trestle ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

GLAZED WOOD FINISHES Palomino ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

Whiskey Black ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖ ❖

* Cherry laminate sides are intentionally 15-20% darker than face frames and doors at the time of manufacture to compensate for the expected darkening of face frames, doors,etc., as they are exposed to natural sunlight.

hickory door styles

Bade

nHi

ckor

yCo

stel

loHi

ckor

yVi

ncen

tHic

kory

Wilt

onHi

ckor

y

FINISHES STANDARD FINISHES Barrel ● ● ● ●

Fox ● ● ● ●

Macaroon ● ● ● ●

Natural ● ● ● ●

Trestle ● ● ● ●

● Available as standard.❖ Available as premium upcharge.

STANDARD/PREM

IUM

FINISHES

15Effective October 2015

Page 23: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

THOMASVILLE STUDIO 1904 12-STEP FINISHING PROCESS

1. Wood SelectionThe selection of the finest woods including Cherry, Hickory, and Maple is the essential first step of Thomasville’s 12-step finishing process.

2. Sanded to PerfectionOur sanding utilizes a fine grit paper, both with and against the wood grain. This process is completed on a vacuum table, allowing for a wood surface thatis free of dust particles.

3. Achieving Natural Wood ToneToner is applied to selected finishes, enhancing the naturalistic wood appearance.

4. Stain ApplicationA hand-sprayed deep penetrating stain is evenly applied to all surfaces for even coverage on all profiles.

5. Removal of Excess StainThe wood is hand-wiped to remove excess stain, emphasizing the cabinet’s natural wood grain.

6. Catalyzed SealerA tough, clear, catalyzed sealer is hand-sprayed on to protect the grain from moisture.

7. Drying ProcessFor added durability, the sealed wood is oven cured to lock in the beauty of wood.

8. Hand-SandedTo achieve an ultra-smooth finish, we hand-sand the material one last time.

9. Dust RemovalThe resulting loose dust particles are removed from the surface of the wood.

10. Catalyzed Top-CoatA premium quality catalyzed clear top-coat is applied to protect the wood from environmental elements.

11. Final Top Coat CureThe top-coat is cured to guarantee the strongest, most beautiful finish.

12. Final InspectionThis last inspection is very thorough, ensuring quality and beauty. Our gift to you is that every cabinet is crafted with care.

12

-STEP

FINISHING

PROCESS

16Effective October 2015

Page 24: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CHARACTERISTICS OF WOOD TYPES

• Cherry is characterized by its red undertones, but may vary in color from white to a deep, rich brown. Cherry is a close-grained wood with fairly uniformtexture, revealing pin knots and curly graining. All wood will age with time and the finish will darken. This is especially true for Cherry. This is a sought-afterquality in Cherry cabinetry, and those who select it expect this evolution.

• Hickory is a strong, heavy hardwood known for distinctive graining patterns. Contributing to its dramatic appearance is a wide variation in color andstreaking, ranging from white to dark brown. This contrast in color can appear in a single door panel. Hickory also contains random knots and wormholesthat further contribute to a varied appearance. These exaggerated characteristics are to be expected and are considered desirable in Hickory cabinetry.

• Maple is a close-grained hardwood that is predominately white to creamy-white in color, with occasional reddish-brown tones. While Maple typicallyfeatures uniform graining as compared to other wood species, characteristic markings may include fine brown lines, wavy or curly graining, pecks andmineral streaks. These traits are natural and serve to enhance Maple’s natural beauty.

No matter which species you choose for your new kitchen or bath cabinetry, please keep in mind that no two pieces of wood are exactly the same. Stains arelikely to exaggerate the difference between open and closed grains and other markings in wood. Grain variation and color change should be expected. Ashardwood ages, it will darken when exposed to different types of light. Color differences or changes in wood can also be caused by exposure to harshchemicals, extreme heat, moisture, or other contributing external conditions. Additionally, wood species exhibit other defining characteristics, such as mineraldeposits/streaks, knots, sap runs, pin holes and wormholes. These markings make the wood unique and contribute to its enduring beauty.

CHARACTERISTICS OF GLAZING/PAINT

Characteristics of GlazingA professional layer of glaze can add another layer of beauty to your cabinets. First, our craftsmen apply a wood toner, which accentuates the grain’s naturalattributes. We then add the glaze, by hand, adding depth, dimension and an understated sheen that’s guaranteed to endure.

What to Expect from Glazed Cabinetry...• Glazing will range from a consistent, even appearance to varied coverage.

• You should expect the result to yield a subtle to dramatic look based on the complexity of a cabinet door’s design, as glaze may collect in the corners andgrooves.

• Printed materials and online, electronic presentations can only do so much. To find a wood and glaze that meets your expectations, visit our SelectionCenter at your local Home Depot. It’s important to both see and touch actual finished samples to ensure your satisfaction.

Characteristics of Paint/Opaque FinishesPaint may develop hairline cracks in the finish, most notable around the joints. This is a result of natural expansion and contraction of the genuine hardwoodsused in the manufacturing of this product. Hairline cracks are not considered a defect in the cabinetry or finish.

CHARACTERISTICS

OF

WOOD

TYPES

&GLAZING/PAINT

17Effective October 2015

Page 25: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

HUMIDIFICATION

HumidificationThe natural response of wood to changes in humidity is much more dramatic than most people realize. Here is a table showing (a) how much a cabinet doorpanel is likely to shrink in a low humidity environment and (b) the total potential range of dimension changes from a muggy summer to a cold dry winter.

Total Potential Movement (inches)of solid wood panels

Species Panel Dimension (inches) (a) Winter (b) Summer (c) Annual Range

Cherry 19.75 -0.26 0.25 0.51Hickory 19.75 -0.34 0.31 0.65Maple 19.75 -0.49 0.10 0.59

Notice the annual dimension change for a solid wood panel can approach three-quarters of an inch! For this reason, cabinet doors are typically manufacturedat targeted range of 40% - 50% relative humidity. This usually works very well because even low humidity environments stay between 20% and 70% innormal years with typical cooking and washing activities.

In extremely cold, dry winters, some doors can be exposed to conditions that are below 20% relative humidity for weeks at a time. Exposure to sustainedconditions such as these would cause panels to shrink and will not be considered defective. New construction makes the problem worse since the heat is onbut no one is living in the home to raise the humidity levels. Conversely, where in-home humidity exceeds 70% relative humidity for extended periods of time,panels will swell and this will not be considered defective.

Steps Consumers Can Take To Protect Real Wood Furnishings• Keep an eye on the humidity inside the home. Reasonably accurate digital thermometers-hygrometer units are available to measure humidity.

• Maintain the humidity at or above 20% when the temperature is below 20°F and over 35% when the temperature is above 20°F. Some waysthis may be accomplished are installing a whole-house humidifier on the furnace, running a portable humidifier in key rooms, or placing pans of water nearthe heat registers.

• Don’t over-do it. Significant condensation on windows is a sign the humidity levels are too high for outside temperature conditions.

• Recognize that finished wood responds to humidity over several days to several weeks. It takes time before the wood returns to normal after anycorrection to the environment.

HUM

IDIFICATION

18Effective October 2015

Page 26: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

PREMIUM FINISH DISCLAIMER

Congratulations on your selection of Thomasville Studio 1904 in Glazed Wood Finishes, Glazed Opaque Finishes, and Premium White painted finishes. Becauseof their unique characteristics, these finishes are quite different from other cabinetry finishes you may be familiar with. Your satisfaction is important toThomasville, and we want you to fully understand the characteristics that make painted finishes and glazed finishes so distinctive. It is important to realize thatthe beauty of wood cabinetry comes from the natural qualities of wood itself. Thomasville utilizes only select hardwoods and hardwood veneers. The beauty ofthese genuine woods lies in the variation of the grain. The textures of those natural grain patterns often remain visible with paint finish and should be acceptedas inherent characteristics when selecting painted cabinetry.

On wood products, normal movement is typical due to changes in climatic conditions; this will cause hairline cracks at door frame and panel joints. Thishairline cracking is a normal characteristic of painted finishes and will not be considered a reason for product replacement. When a Glazed Opaque Finish or aPremium White Finish is specified, the door and/or drawer front center panel may be constructed of Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF). MDF provides asmoother finish when painted, and is more resistant to warping, expansion, and contraction. Over time, there may be a slight color shift in the paint or glazefinish due to the continued exposure to natural and artificial light sources. We mention these characteristics because neither Thomasville nor The Home Depotcan be responsible for these conditions and variations.

Customer Signature

Customer Name (please print)

PREM

IUM

FINISH

DISCLAIM

ER

19Effective October 2015

Page 27: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET SPECIFICATIONS

18" or 21"

33/8"

3/4" 3/8"

32"

41/2

"1 1

/2"

18"

2"4 1

/2"

11/2

"

21"

33/8"

3/4" 3/8"

341/

2"

4 1/2

"11

/2"

201/

2"2"

41/ 2

"1 1

/2"

11/2

" 21"

29"

41/2

"41

/2"

15"

2"1 1

/2"

33/8"

3/4" 3/8"

24"

33/8"

3/4" 3/8"

341/

2"11

/2"

4 1/ 2

"71

/2"

2"41

/ 2"

4 1/2

"2"

2"11

/2"

41/2

"

11/2

"41

/2"

24"

15"

3/4" 3/8"

11/2

"

341/

2"

201/

2 "4 1

/2"

33/8"

2"

12"3/8"3/4"

11/2

"11

/2"

11/2

"41

/2"

15"

9"

84"

281 /

2"9"

15"

11/ 2

"

3/4" 3/8"24"

33/8"

11/2

"41

/2"

41/2

"

33/8"

9"39

"

84"

9"15

"11

/2"

3/4"24"

3/8"12" or 24"

84"

581 /

2"3"

15"

11/ 2

"

3/4" 3/8"

33/8"

11/2

"41

/2"

21"84

"

241 /

2"31

/2"

241 /

2"11

/ 2" 3/4" 3/8"

33/8"

11/2

"41

/2"

191/2"

31/2

"20

1 /2"

21"

84"

27"

3"46

1 /2"

11/ 2

" 3/4" 3/8"

33/8"

11/2

"41

/2"

5" 15"

3/4"24"

11/2"

12"

30"

3"

41/2"

33/8"

63/8"

12"

63/8"

3/8"

11/2"

33/8"

3/4"24"

3/8"

11/2

"34

1 /2"

33/8"

87/8

"63

/8 "2"

85/8

"63

/8 "3"

41/2

"41

/2"

11/2

"

wall cabinet base cabinet two-drawerbase cabinetwith roll tray

three-drawerbase cabinet

four-drawerbase cabinet

32" high vanity cabinet

34 1/2" highvanity cabinet

desk base cabinet

utility cabinet single ovencabinet

double ovencabinet

linen closet vanity utility

Cabinet Depth Exterior Drawer Box & Roll Tray Depth24" 21"21" 18"18" 15"

Clearance between drawer box and back panel is 2 5/8"on most cabinets.

CABINET

SPECIFICATIONS

20Effective October 2015

Page 28: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET SPECIFICATIONS

84" high applicationnumber after wall cabinet represents height of cabinet

11/2"

11/2"

11/2" 11/2"

9"12" 15"

18"

W12 W15 W18 W21 W30 84" U/PY

201/2" 241/2"27"

15"

18"

11/2"

18"

WSD/WO

3DB 4DB

WSD/WO used witha 231/2" high WallCabinet will onlyequal 291/2".

11/2" ThickCountertop

11/2"

30"

11/2"

2"

41/2"

41/2"

87/8"

85/8"

3"

41/2"

41/2"

41/2"

71/2"

2"

2"

581/2"

39"

41/2"

9"PANEL

OPENING

9"PANEL3"

15"

84" OCD

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREA

41/2"

41/2"

W3D48

27"

27/8"

W23.5 W27.5

21/8"

2"

2"

11/2"

12"

12"

3"

TOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREA

B

6"WAGD

161/2"

2DB/2DBRT

201/2"

41/2"

3" 3"

87" high applicationnumber after wall cabinet represents height of cabinet

11/2"

11/2"

11/2" 11/2"

9"12" 15"

18"

W12 W15 W18 W21 W30 W33 87" U/PY

201/2" 241/2"27"

18"

18"

11/2"

18"

WSD/WO

3DB 4DB11/2" ThickCountertop

11/2"

30"

11/2"

2"

41/2"

41/2"

87/8"

85/8"

3"

41/2"

41/2"

41/2"

71/2"

2"

2"

581/2"

39"

41/2"

9"PANEL

OPENING

9"PANEL3"

18"

87" OCD

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREA

41/2"

41/2"

W3D51

30"

27/8"

W23.5 W27.5

21/8"

2"

2"

11/2"

12"

12"

3"

TOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREA

B

WAGD

161/2"

2DB/2DBRT

201/2"

41/2"

3" 3"

6"

30"

• 1 1/2" Top and Bottom Rails - Wall and BaseCabinets.

• 1 1/2" Vertical Stiles.• 3" Center Vertical Rails on Wall and Base

Cabinets to Divide Double Door Cabinets 39"Wide and Over.

• Drawer Box Opening Heights are 4 1/2" forSmall and 8 7/8" or 8 5/8" for Large (deep)Drawers.

Full Overlay Door Styles:• 1/4" Reveal Around Doors (1/4" of Face

Frame Shows).• Frame Opening + 2 1/2" =

Door Size for Base/Wall Cabinets.• 4 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

6 1/4" Drawer Front.• 7 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

10" Drawer Front.• 8 5/8" and 8 7/8" Drawer Opening =

11 3/8" Drawer Front.• 12" High Drawer Opening =

14 1/2" Drawer Front.• 14" High Drawer Opening =

16 1/2" Drawer Front.

1/2" Overlay Door Styles:• 1" Reveal Around Doors (1" of Face

Frame Shows).• Frame Opening + 1" =

Door Size for Base/Wall Cabinets.• 4 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

5 1/2" Drawer Front.• 7 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

8 1/2" Drawer Front.• 8 5/8" and 8 7/8" Drawer Opening =

9 7/8" Drawer Front.• 12" High Drawer Opening =

13" Drawer Front.• 14" High Drawer Opening =

15" Drawer Front.

CABINET

SPECIFICATIONS

21Effective October 2015

Page 29: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET SPECIFICATIONS

90" high applicationnumber after wall cabinet represents height of cabinet

11/2"

11/2"

11/2" 11/2"

9"12" 15"

18"

W12 W15 W18 W21 W30 W33 90" U/PY

201/2" 241/2"27"

201/2"

18"

11/2"

WAGD

161/2" 18"

WSD/WO

3DB 4DB11/2" ThickCountertop

TOEKICK AREA

201/2"

41/2" 41/2"

87/8"

85/8"

3"

41/2"

71/2"

2"

2"

581/2"

39"

41/2"

9"PANEL

OPENING

91/2"PANEL31/2"

90" OCDW36

33"

201/2"

41/2"

41/2"

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREA

41/2"

41/2"

W3D54

33"

27/8"

W23.5 W27.5

21/8"

2"

2"

11/2"

12"

12"

2DB/2DBRT

3"

TOEKICK AREA

B

11/2"

30"

11/2"

2"

41/2"

3" 3"

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREA

6"

30"

93" high applicationnumber after wall cabinet represents height of cabinet

93" U/PY

24"

18"

11/2"

WAGD

161/2"

3DB 4DB11/2" ThickCountertop 11/2"

30"

TOEKICK AREA

11/2"

2"

201/2"

41/2"

41/2" 41/2"

87/8"

85/8"

3"

41/2"

71/2"

2"

2"

581/2"39"

41/2"

9"PANEL

OPENING

9"PANEL3"

93" OCD

41/2"

41/2"

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREA

W39

36"

18"

24"

41/2"

41/2"

W3D57

36"

27/8"21/8"

2"

2"

11/2"

12"

12"

2DB/2DBRT

3"

TOEKICK AREA

B

11/2"9"

12" 15"18"

W12 W15 W18 W21 W23.5 W3 W330

201/2" 241/2" 27"30"

W36

33"

WSD/WO

W27.5

11/2"

11/2" 11/2"

PEDESTAL PEDESTAL

6"

• 1 1/2" Top and Bottom Rails - Wall and BaseCabinets.

• 1 1/2" Vertical Stiles.• 3" Center Vertical Rails on Wall and Base

Cabinets to Divide Double Door Cabinets 39"Wide and Over.

• Drawer Box Opening Heights are 4 1/2" forSmall and 8 7/8" or 8 5/8" for Large (deep)Drawers.

Full Overlay Door Styles:• 1/4" Reveal Around Doors (1/4" of Face

Frame Shows).• Frame Opening + 2 1/2" =

Door Size for Base/Wall Cabinets.• 4 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

6 1/4" Drawer Front.• 7 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

10" Drawer Front.• 8 5/8" and 8 7/8" Drawer Opening =

11 3/8" Drawer Front.• 12" High Drawer Opening =

14 1/2" Drawer Front.

1/2" Overlay Door Styles:• 1" Reveal Around Doors (1" of Face

Frame Shows).• Frame Opening + 1" =

Door Size for Base/Wall Cabinets.• 4 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

5 1/2" Drawer Front.• 7 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

8 1/2" Drawer Front.• 8 5/8" and 8 7/8" Drawer Opening =

9 7/8" Drawer Front.• 12" High Drawer Opening =

13" Drawer Front.

CABINET

SPECIFICATIONS

22Effective October 2015

Page 30: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET SPECIFICATIONS

96" high applicationnumber after wall cabinet represents height of cabinet

11/2"

9" 12" 15"18"

W12 W15 W18 W21 W23.5 W30 W33 96" U/PY

201/2" 241/2" 27"30" 27"

18"

11/2"

WAGD

161/2"

WSD/WO

3DB 4DB

11/2" ThickCountertop

11/2"

30"

TOEKICK AREA

11/2"

2"

201/2"

41/2"

41/2" 41/2"

87/8"

85/8"

3"

41/2"

71/2"

2"

2"

581/2"39"

41/2"

9"PANEL

OPENING

9"PANEL3"

96" OCDW36

33"

PEDESTALPEDESTAL

41/2"

41/2"

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREA

W42

39"

18"

27"

41/2"

41/2"

W3D60

39"

27/8"

W27.5

21/8"

2"

2"

11/2"

12"

12"

2DB/2DBRT

3"

TOEKICK AREA

B

11/2"

11/2" 11/2"

3" 3"

W39

36"

6"

• 1 1/2" Top and Bottom Rails - Wall and BaseCabinets.

• 1 1/2" Vertical Stiles.• 3" Center Vertical Rails on Wall and Base

Cabinets to Divide Double Door Cabinets 39"Wide and Over.

• Drawer Box Opening Heights are 4 1/2" forSmall and 8 7/8" or 8 5/8" for Large (deep)Drawers.

Full Overlay Door Styles:• 1/4" Reveal Around Doors (1/4" of Face

Frame Shows).• Frame Opening + 2 1/2" =

Door Size for Base/Wall Cabinets.• 4 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

6 1/4" Drawer Front.• 7 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

10" Drawer Front.• 8 5/8" and 8 7/8" Drawer Opening =

11 3/8" Drawer Front.• 12" High Drawer Opening =

14 1/2" Drawer Front.

1/2" Overlay Door Styles:• 1" Reveal Around Doors (1" of Face

Frame Shows).• Frame Opening + 1" =

Door Size for Base/Wall Cabinets.• 4 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

5 1/2" Drawer Front.• 7 1/2" High Drawer Opening =

8 1/2" Drawer Front.• 8 5/8" and 8 7/8" Drawer Opening =

9 7/8" Drawer Front.• 12" High Drawer Opening =

13" Drawer Front.

CABINET

SPECIFICATIONS

23Effective October 2015

Page 31: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET SPECIFICATIONS

29" high desk cabinets

DDO/DFD11/2"

241/2"

TOEKICK AREA

11/2"

2"

15"

41/2"

41/2"

41/2"

3"29"

UCD

71/2"

41/2"23/4"

UCD has 1" Topand Bottom Rail.

Cabinet height is 43/4".

DDR

TOEKICK AREA

11/2" ThickCountertop

32" high vanity cabinets

VB/VSB

271/2"

TOEKICK AREA

2"

18"

41/2"

41/2" 41/2"

3"

2"

32"

VSD

71/2"

41/2"

3"

2"

71/2"

2VSD

18"

41/2"2"

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREA

241/2"

31/2"

201/2"

31/2"

241/2"

11/2"VU

TOEKICK AREA

VDB

11/2" ThickCountertop

11/2"

11/2"

18"

41/2"2"

71/2" 71/2"

34 1/2" high vanity cabinets

VB/VSB11/2"

30"

TOEKICK AREA

11/2"

2"

201/2"

41/2"

41/2" 41/2"

3"

2"

341/2"

VSD

87/8"

41/2"

3"

85/8"

2VSD

201/2"

4 1/2"2"

TOEKICK AREA TOEKICK AREATOEKICK AREA

87/8"

85/8"

VDB

11/2" ThickCountertop

2"

27"

3"

461/2"

11/2"LC/LCRH

TOEKICK AREA

201/2"

41/2"2"

CABINET

SPECIFICATIONS

24Effective October 2015

Page 32: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CONSTRUCTION UPGRADE OPTIONS COMPARISON CHART

See diagrams on page 26.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION STAN

DARD

PLYW

OOD

ENDS

(PE)

*

ALL

PLYW

OOD

CONS

TRUC

TION

(APC

)*

Face Frames 3/4" Solid Hardwood. ● ● ●

Cabinet InteriorSides

1/2" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interiors^. ●

1/2" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interiors^. ● ●

Finished EndPanels

Laminated Exteriors to Match the Color of the Face Frame.† ●

Finished Veneer Exteriors to Match the Color of the Face Frame. ● ●

Cabinet Topsand Bottoms

1/2" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interior^and Exterior Surfaces.

● ●

1/2" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interior^ andExterior Surfaces.

Cabinet Backs 3/8" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interior^.Base cabinets have 3mm system holes for easy drawer and tray installation.

● ●

3/8" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interior^. Basecabinets have 3mm system holes for easy drawer and tray installation.

Toekicks Unfinished Furniture Board. Allows application of finished toeboardmaterials. Toeboard skins and baseboard mouldings available in 8' lengths;see ACCESSORIES section. When APC is selected, toekick will be plywood.

● ●

Unfinished Plywood. Allows application of finished toeboard materials.Toeboard skins and baseboard mouldings available in 8' lengths; seeACCESSORIES section.

I-Beam Braces 1/2" Furniture Board. Braces are dadoed into face frame, end panels, andback panel.

● ●

Plywood. Braces are dadoed into face frame, end panels, and back panel. ●

Shelves 3/4" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interior.Shelves are adjustable in wall and base cabinets.

● ●

3/4" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate Interior. Shelvesare adjustable in wall and base cabinets.

Drawer Boxesand Roll Trays

3/4" Nominal Clear-Coated Hardwood 4-Sided Dovetail Sides with5.2mm Laminated Plywood Bottom. Corners are dovetailed and glued.Bottom is fully captured in box sides, front, and back.

● ● ●

Drawer and RollTray Guides

QuietClose Standard. Double, fully concealed, roller bearing, self-aligning,undermounted, full-extension guides with fast clip removal system and self-closing mechanism. All guides have a maximum weight capacity of 75 lbs.per drawer. Drawers and roll trays have a maximum weight capacity of 15lbs. per square foot.

● ● ●

Hinges Fully Concealed, Integrated QuietClose Cup Hinge; 6-Way Adjustableand Self-Closing. Hinge features deactivation.

● ● ●

Wood Finish Multi-Step Finishing Process with Catalyzed Top Coat. Finishedcomponents are sanded, stained, and sealed before a catalyzed top coat isapplied.

● ● ●

Wood Type –Doors

Cherry ● ● ●

Hickory ● ● ●

Maple ● ● ●

● Standard.† Cherry laminate sides are intentionally 15-20% darker than face frame and doors at the time of manufacturing to

compensate for the expected darkening of face frames, doors, etc., as they are exposed to natural sunlight.* All plywood components meet ANSI/HPVA HP-1 standards, and may contain MDF or particleboard.

^ White painted cabinets have a white laminate interior.

INTERIOR CABINET COMPONENTSA few interior components are manufacturedfrom laminated furniture board because theyprovide for the most durable, aestheticapplication.

CONSTRUCTION

UPGRADES

25Effective October 2015

Page 33: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

standard construction

Top View

Exterior Sides - 1/2" Furniture Board with Matching Laminate

Shelves - 3/4" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Tops and Bottoms - 1/2" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Backs - 3/8" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Toekicks - Unfinished Furniture Board

Interior Sides - 1/2" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

STANDARD

• 1/2" laminated furniture board sides.• 3/4" interior matching furniture board shelves.• Concealed Full Extension QuietClose guide system.• Laminated finished end panels with Natural Maple

interior. White painted cabinets have a whitelaminate interior.

• All wood dovetail drawer box.• 1/4" reveal behind face frame.

PE - plywood ends construction upgrade

Top View

Exterior Sides - 1/2" Plywood with Veneer

Shelves - 3/4" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Interior Sides - 1/2" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Toekicks - Unfinished Furniture Board

Tops and Bottoms - 1/2" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Backs - 3/8" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

PE

• 1/2" plywood* sides.• 3/4" interior matching furniture board shelves.• Concealed Full Extension QuietClose guide system.• Veneer finished end panels with Natural Maple

laminate interior. White painted cabinets have awhite laminate interior.

• All wood dovetail drawer box.• 1/4" reveal behind face frame.*All plywood components meet ANSI/HPVA HP-1standards, and may contain MDF or particleboard.

APC - all plywood construction upgrade

Backs - 3/8" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Exterior Sides - 1/2" Plywood with Veneer

Toekicks - Unfinished Plywood

Shelves - 3/4" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Interior Sides - 1/2" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Tops and Bottoms - 1/2" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Top View

APC

• 1/2" plywood* sides, top, and bottom.• 3/8" plywood back.• 3/4" interior matching plywood shelves.• Concealed Full Extension QuietClose guide system.• Veneer finished end panels with Natural Maple

laminate interior. White painted cabinets have awhite laminate interior.

• All wood dovetail drawer box.• 1/4" reveal behind face frame.• When specified on End Panels, replaces standard

panel material with plywood, veneer finished onexterior side, laminate on interior side.

*All plywood components meet ANSI/HPVA HP-1standards, and may contain MDF or particleboard.

CONSTRUCTION

UPGRADES

26Effective October 2015

Page 34: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

5

36

72

71

1

4

5

4

6

9

3

10 8

12

1

11

13

1. Full and partial overlay door styles available.Finished with durable multi-step catalyzedfinish.

2. 3/4" hardwood face frames. Finished withdurable multi-step catalyzed finish.

3. 1/2" furniture board cabinet tops, bottoms, andsides covered with laminate for easy cleaning.

4. Easy-mount (no rail) 3/8" furniture board load-bearing back panels provide a ‘‘backbone’’support for the life of the cabinet.

5. 3/4" furniture board adjustable shelves.

6. Durable laminate interiors.7. Integrated QuietClose fully concealed, 6-way

adjustable cup hinge.8. All-wood 3/4" nominal drawer box constructed with

furniture quality dovetail joinery and full capturedlaminated bottom. Full extension QuietClosestandard.

9. Roll tray is available in many cabinets, or may beinstalled as an option.

10. State-of-the-art drawer guide systems.11. Closed toekick offers several finish options.12. Furniture-quality precision joints adhered with

woodworker's glue and mechanical fasteners foroptimal strength and stability.

13. 1/2" Thick I-beam braces integrate sides, back, andface frame for construction, shipping, and optimalinstallation stability.

CONSTRUCTION

FEATURES

27Effective October 2015

Page 35: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DOOR FEATURESFEATURE APPLICABLE CABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION

Integrated QuietClose Premium Door Hinge Most cabinets with a working door Fully concealed, integrated QuietClose cup hinge; 6-way adjustable and self-closing. Hinge features deactivation option.

Integrated QuietClose Premium Door Hinge not available on bi-fold door cabinetsand SuperCabinets.

standard: integrated premium door hinge

ROLL TRAY FEATURESFEATURE APPLICABLE CABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION

Roll Tray QuietClose Premium Guide Most cabinets with roll trays Full extension, concealed, undermount guide and QuietClose Premium Guidemechanism, which engages when the roll tray is 2" from closing, applyingresistance to the self-closing mechanism. See illustration below.

standard: roll tray QuietClose premium guide

DRAWER FEATURESFEATURE APPLICABLE CABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION

QuietClose Premium Guide Most cabinets with drawers Full extension, concealed, undermount guide, and QuietClose Premium Guidemechanism, which engages when the drawer is 2" from closing, applyingresistance to the self-closing mechanism. See illustration below.

standard: QuietClose premium guide

DOOR/ROLL

TRAY/DRAW

ER

FEATURES

28Effective October 2015

Page 36: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

END PANEL MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Authentic Ends(AUTHL)(AUTHR)

Most wall, base, tall,and vanity cabinets

Modifies cabinet end panel(s) with an applied decorative door onto FPEB upgraded end panel(s). Includes FPEB modification. IfAUTHL or AUTHR upgrades are specified, the opposite end panel is also FPEB. 12" and 15" high wall cabinets will have double doorconfiguration on 21" and 24" deep applications. For tall cabinets, non-miter doors have two panels on the bottom door. 27" deepcabinets will have double door configuration. Office base cabinets (29" high) will have double door configuration when specified on24" deep cabinets.

Furniture PlywoodEnds Both (FPEB)

Most wall, base, tall,and vanity cabinets

Modifies cabinet end panels to 3/4" plywood*, causing a flush appearance with the face frame.

AUTHL - authentic end leftAUTHR - authentic end right

See Price Book page 10.

FP

Most wall cabinets Most base cabinets Most tall cabinets Most vanity cabinets

FPEB - furniture plywood* ends bothSee Price Book page 10.

Exterior Sides - 3/4" Plywood with Veneer

Shelves - 3/4" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Interior Sides - 3/4" Plywood with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Toekicks - Unfinished Furniture Board

Tops and Bottoms - 1/2" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Backs - 3/8" Furniture Board with Natural Maple or White Laminate

Top View

• 3/4" plywood sides.• 3/4" interior matching furniture board shelves.• Concealed Full Extension QuietClose guide system.• Veneer finished end panels with Natural Maple

interior. White painted cabinets will feature a whitelaminate interior.

• All wood dovetail drawer box.• Order FPEB to achieve a flush appearance.• FPEB available on Standard or APC. Standard

laminate interior and Matching Interior Plywood(MIP) is available.

*All plywood components meet ANSI/HPVA HP-1 standards, and may contain MDF or particleboard.

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

29Effective October 2015

Page 37: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

FINISH MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Matching InteriorPlywood(MIP)

Most wall, base, tall,and vanity cabinets

Finishes the interior and exterior of the cabinet. Cabinet construction features 1/2" plywood* ends, top, bottom, and 3/8" back.Shelves are upgraded to full depth 3/4" veneered plywood. Interior wood accessories feature a natural finish and will not matchcabinet exterior.

MIP - matching interior plywood*See Price Book page 10.

FP

Most wall cabinets Most base cabinets Most tall cabinets Most vanity cabinets

*All plywood components meet ANSI/HPVA HP-1 standards, and may contain MDF or particleboard.

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

30Effective October 2015

Page 38: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

BOX MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Cabinet Box Only(CBO)

Most wall, base, tall,and vanity cabinets

Removes doors, drawer fronts, and any accessory items attached to a door or drawer front. Drawer box and any interiorcomponents attached to the cabinet box will be included.

Cabinet Case Only(CCO)

Most wall, base, andtall cabinets

Removes doors, drawer fronts, drawer boxes, interior components, and mini touch-up kits.

CBO - cabinet box onlySee Price Book page 10.

Cabinets less doors - Wall Cabinets less doors - Tall Cabinets less doors and drawerfronts - Base and Vanity

Cabinets less doors anddrawer fronts - Tall

CCO - cabinet case onlySee Price Book page 10.

Cabinet case only - Wall Cabinets case only - Base Cabinet case only - Tall

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

31Effective October 2015

Page 39: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

BOX MODIFICATIONS (cont.)See page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Cabinet FalsePanel(CFP)

Most base and vanitycabinets with a topdrawer

Replaces top drawer with false panel.

Cabinet with NoDoor, with Drawer(CND)

Most wall, base, tall,and vanity cabinetswith door(s) anddrawer(s)

Removes door(s). Complete drawer(s) with drawer front(s) and interior components remain in cabinet.

CFP - cabinet false panelSee Price Book page 10.

FP FP

Base cabinets Vanity cabinets

CND - cabinet with no door, with drawerSee Price Book page 10.

Base cabinets Vanity cabinets

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

32Effective October 2015

Page 40: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

BOX MODIFICATIONS (cont.)See page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Increased Depth(ID)

Most wall and vanitycabinets

Increases the depth of wall and vanity cabinets in 3" increments to a maximum depth of 24". Increased depth wall cabinets shouldbe either floor mounted or stacked to maintain stability. Any specified shelving is included and is always full depth. Wall peninsulacabinets may be increased in 3" increments to 18" maximum. Drawer depth will not change.

End panels Increases the depth of end panels in 3" increments to a maximum depth of 30".Reduced Depth(RD)

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinets withdrawers or roll trays

Reduces the depth in 3" increments to a minimum depth of 18". Any specified shelving is included and is always full depth. Thedimension is specified as the distance from the front of the face frame to the back of the cabinet.

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinetswithout drawers orroll trays

Reduces the depth in 3" increments to a minimum depth of 12". Any specified shelving is included and is always full depth. Thedimension is specified as the distance from the front of the face frame to the back of the cabinet.

Most wall cabinets Reduces the depth in 3" increments to a minimum depth of 6". Any specified shelving is included and is always full depth. Thedimension is specified as the distance from the front of the face frame to the back of the cabinet.

End panels and shelfkits

Reduces the depth in 3" increments to a minimum depth of 6".

Roll tray kits Reduces the depth in 3" increments to fit a minimum cabinet depth of 18".

ID - increased depthSee Price Book page 10.

FP

Wall cabinets Vanity cabinets End panels End panel with filler attached

RD - reduced depthSee Price Book page 10.

Cabinets with drawers Wall cabinets Cabinets without drawers or roll trays - Base

33/8"

Cabinets with roll trays End panels Roll tray kits

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

33Effective October 2015

Page 41: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

FACE FRAME MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Extended Stile(EXL3)(EXR3)

Most cabinets with aface frame

Creates a 3" stile extended beyond the normal face frame width to create an overall face frame width of 4 1/2". To extend a singlestile, right (EXR3) or left (EXL3) must be specified. To extend both stiles, specify both EXL3 and EXR3.

EXL3 - extended stile left 3"EXR3 - extended stile right 3"See Price Book page 10.

Cabinets with a face frame- Wall

Cabinets with a face frame- Base and Vanity

Cabinets with a face frame- Tall

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

34Effective October 2015

Page 42: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

INSTALLED INTERIOR MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

CabMat™

(CMAT1)(CMAT2)

Most sink base andvanity cabinets

Installs removable CabMat™, size is determined by face frame opening width and cabinet depth. CMAT2 is only available on vanitycabinets designed for double bowl applications. Not available with Reduced Depth modification. When ordered with Increased Depthmodification, CabMat™ size does not change. Vanity cabinets with face frame openings of 24" and 30" will utilize CabMats sizedfor 21" and 27" openings.

Full Depth Shelf(FD)

Base cabinets withstandard half depthshelves

Replaces standard shelf with full depth shelf.

Installed Roll Tray(RT)

Select base and tallcabinets

Installs specified number of roll trays (1-5 per side). Example, for two roll trays, specify 2RT. On cabinets with center stile, specifyRTL for roll trays on left side and RTR for roll trays on right side. Both RTL and RTR should be selected for roll trays in both sides.When 1RT is specified on a base cabinet, the roll tray is installed in the lowest position and one half-depth adjustable shelf isincluded. Full depth shelf will be included if RD is specified. On utility cabinets for lower section, 1RT includes three shelves, 2RTincludes two shelves, and 3RT includes 1 shelf. No shelves for lower section are included with 4RT or 5RT.

CMAT - CabMat™See Price Book page 10.

FPFP

FP

Base cabinets (CMAT1) Vanity cabinets with double bowl (CMAT2)

FD - full depth shelfSee Price Book page 10.

RT - installed roll traySee Price Book page 10.

Base cabinets Tall cabinets

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

35Effective October 2015

Page 43: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TOEKICK MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Add Toekick(ADDTK)

Most wall cabinets Creates a 4 1/2" toekick on the front of cabinet. ADDTK with reduced depth is available on cabinets 9" deep or larger. Peninsulacabinets are available with ADDTK 15" deep and larger. Available with compatible toekick modifications.

Flush Toekick(FTK)(FTK.FNT.P)(FTK.P)

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinets

Extends the face frame to the floor, eliminating the toe space. Not available when either RECTKL or RECTKR modifications are used.Not available on 93" or 96" tall cabinets due to separate pedestal base toekick. When FTK is ordered with Peninsula modification,only the working drawer side will receive a flush toekick. When FTK.FNT.P is ordered with the Peninsula modification, both sides willreceive a flush toekick. When FTK.P is ordered with the Peninsula modification, only the peninsula side will receive a flush toekick.

ADDTK - add toekickSee Price Book page 10.

33/8”

Wall cabinets

FTK - flush toekickSee Price Book page 10.

Base and Vanity cabinets Tall cabinets

FTK.FNT.P - flush toekick front peninsulaSee Price Book page 10.

Base cabinets

FTK.P - flush toekick peninsulaSee Price Book page 10.

Base cabinets

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

36Effective October 2015

Page 44: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TOEKICK MODIFICATIONS (cont.)See page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Flush Toekick Arch(FTKAV)(FTKAV.FNT.P)(FTKAV.P)

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinets

Creates an arch flush toe space area. Valance replaces standard toekick creating a full open area beneath cabinet floor. WhenFTKAV.FNT.P is ordered with the Peninsula modification, both sides will receive an arch flush toekick. When FTKAV.P is ordered withthe Peninsula modification, only the peninsula side will receive an arch flush toekick. Not available on 93" or 96" tall cabinets dueto separate pedestal base toekick. Available on 15", 18", 21", and 24" deep cabinets.

Flush ToekickFurniture(FTKFV)(FTKFV.FNT.P)(FTKFV.P)

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinets

Creates a furniture flush toe space area. Valance replaces standard toekick creating a full open area beneath cabinet floor. WhenFTKFV.FNT.P is ordered with the Peninsula modification, both sides will receive a furniture flush toekick. When FTKFV.P is orderedwith the Peninsula modification, only the peninsula side will receive a furniture flush toekick. Not available on 93" or 96" tallcabinets due to separate pedestal base toekick. Available on 15", 18", 21", and 24" deep cabinets.

FTKAV - flush toekick arch valanceSee Price Book page 10.

FP

Most base cabinets Most tall cabinets Most vanity cabinets

FTKFV - flush toekick furniture valanceSee Price Book page 10.

FP

Most base cabinets Most tall cabinets Most vanity cabinets

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

37Effective October 2015

Page 45: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TOEKICK MODIFICATIONS (cont.)See page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Recessed IslandToekick(RECTKALL)

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinets

Creates a 3 3/8" recessed toekick on the right, left, and back of the cabinet. The entire toekick area will have non-matchingmaterial and requires any exposed toekick area to be covered.

Recessed Toekickon Back or Side(RECTKBK)(RECTKL)(RECTKR)

Most base, tall, andvanity cabinets

Creates a 3 3/8" recessed toekick on the back (RECTKBK), left (RECTKL), or right (RECTKR) of the cabinet. When either the RECTKRor RECTKL are used, the FTK is NOT available. The entire toekick area will have non-matching material and requires any exposedtoekick area to be covered. When using BTK on a standard cabinet, remember to specify an end panel to skin the back. On RECTKLand RECTKR, the back will have a 1/2" recessed offset and non-specified side will have a 1/2" offset to allow for application oftoeboard materials. RECTKBK only available on cabinets at least 15" deep. 93" and 96" tall cabinets have RECTKL or RECTKR3 3/8" standard on loose pedestal. For recess toekick applications (3 3/8" recess) on both left and right, order RECTKL/R.

Void Toekick(VTK)

Most base, tall,vanity cabinets, andtall bookcases

Removes the 4 1/2" high toekick. Only available when the cabinet has a standard toekick (not available when flush toekick isstandard or when cabinet has a separate pedestal base). When ordered on 84", 87", or 90" tall cabinets, pedestal will not beincluded. When VTK is specified on cabinets to be used with a countertop, cabinets must also be supported from the floor, not justattached to the wall. Failure to properly install cabinets in this situation will void the warranty.

RECTKALL - recessed toekick - island

33/8"

33/8"

33/8"

33/8"

33/8"

33/8"

FP

Base cabinets Vanity cabinets

RECTKBK - recessed toekick back

33/8"

FP

33/8"

Base cabinets Vanity cabinets

RECTKL - recessed toekick - left

33/8"

FP

33/8"

Base cabinets Vanity cabinets

RECTKR - recessed toekick - right

33/8"

FP

33/8"

Base cabinets Vanity cabinets

VTK - void toekick

FP

Base cabinets Tall cabinets Vanity cabinets

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

38Effective October 2015

Page 46: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CONFIGURATION MODIFICATIONSSee page 40 for Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart. Each custom modification option will be priced accordingly. ALL CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE ONALL CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS. PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM MODIFICATION OPTIONS MAY NOT BE RETURNED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CMAT.

OPTION NAMEAPPLICABLECABINET GROUP DESCRIPTION/LIMITATIONS

Cabinet Front Only(CFNTO)

Most cabinets with aface frame

Creates a door and/or drawer front assembled with a frame. Doors are attached with the specified hinges and drawer fronts arecleated.

Cabinet FrameOnly(CFRMO)

Most cabinets with aface frame

Creates a cabinet frame only. No box, doors, or drawer fronts are included.

Peninsula(P)

Most wall and basecabinets

Creates a peninsula cabinet that is 1/4" deeper than the standard cabinet depth. If ID or RD is specified, cabinet will be 1/4"deeper than specified cabinet depth. Any cabinet with a toekick must be at least 15" deep. Not available on tall cabinets includingoven, utility, and pantry; multi-drawer base cabinets. Base cabinets with drawer modified to Peninsula will include a false drawerpanel on the back side, and working doors.

CFNTO - cabinet front onlySee Price Book page 10.

Cabinet front only -Wall, Base, and Tall

CFRMO - cabinet frame onlySee Price Book page 10.

Cabinet frame only -Wall, Base, and Tall

P - peninsulaSee Price Book page 10.

Wall cabinets Base cabinets

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

39Effective October 2015

Page 47: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

MODIFICATION/UPGRADE COMPATIBILITY CHART

OPTION NAME

MODIFICATION/UPGRADE OPTION NAME PE AP

C

AUTH

L

AUTH

R

FPEB

MIP

CBO

CCO

CFP

CND

ID RD EXL3

EXR3

CMAT

FD RT ADDT

K

FTK

FTKA

V/FT

KFV

RECT

KALL

RECT

KBK

RECT

KL

RECT

KR

VTK

CFNT

O

CFRM

O

P CG MD

ConstructionUpgrades

PE ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

APC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

End PanelModifications

AUTHL** ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

AUTHR** ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

FPEB* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

FinishModifications

MIP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BoxModifications

CBO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CCO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CFP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CND ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

RD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Face FrameModifications

EXL3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

EXR3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Installed InteriorModifications

CMAT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

FD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

RT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ToekickModifications

ADDTK ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

FTK ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

FTKAV/FTKFV ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

RECTKALL ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

RECTKBK ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

RECTKL ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

RECTKR ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VTK ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConfigurationModifications

CFNTO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CFRMO ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Specialty Doors CG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

MD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

• Orders for cabinets with non-compatible modifications will not be processed. Please contact customer service for more details.

✓ Represents compatible modification and upgrade.

* When a cabinet is specified with FPEB in a design where PE has been selected for the entire kitchen (through Styles & Pricing Tab and Construction Options menu), both modificationcharges will apply. To avoid the additional charge for PE, use Attachments to specify PE for all other cabinets instead of selecting it for the entire kitchen.

** See page 29 for compatibility with ID/RD modification.

CUSTOM

MODIFICATIONS

40Effective October 2015

Page 48: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CUT FOR GLASS DOORS (CG)

See Price Book page 10.

Cut for Glass

• Glass clips included with door.• To price CG door attached to a cabinet, add the list price per door to the cabinet price (MIP modification

upcharge will be applied to the cabinet price if matching interior is desired). For a door only (not specified ona cabinet), add the list price for a door only to the CG door list price. See Doors and Drawer Fronts on page241 for reference.

Glass not included.

Specify door style, specie, and finish whenordering Cut for Glass doors.

Remember to order Matching Interior Plywood(MIP) and Glass when ordering Cut for Glass(CG) doors.

Be sure to check the availability of Glass Insertsizes. Glass Inserts are not available for all Cutfor Glass (CG) doors.

For Cut for Glass availability, look for this chartthroughout.

Door Options

CG MD✓

CUT

FOR

GLASS

DOORS

41Effective October 2015

Page 49: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

MULLION DOORS (MD)

See Price Book page 10.

Mullion

MULLION SQUARE LITES GRIDCabinet Cabinet HeightWidth 18" 23.5" 30" 33" 36" 39" 42"W15 G D D D A AW18 G D D D A AW21 E E E B BW24 E E E B BW24 (butt) D D D A AW27 (butt) D D D A AW30 (butt) G G D D D A AW33 (butt) D D D A AW36 (butt) G G D D D A AW42 E E E B BW45 E E E B BW48 (butt) D D D A ADW30 DDW33 DDW36 DDW39 ADW42 AWC33 D D D A AWC36 E E E E BWC39 D D D A AWC42 D D D A AWC45 D D D A AWC48 D D D A A

• To price MD door attached to a cabinet, add thelist price per door to the cabinet price (MIPmodification upcharge will be applied to thecabinet price if matching interior is desired). Fora door only (not specified on a cabinet), add thelist price for a door only to the MD door listprice. See Doors and Drawer Fronts on page241 for reference.

Specify door style, specie, and finish whenordering Mullion Doors.

Remember to order Matching Interior Plywood(MIP) when ordering Mullion Doors (MD).

Custom door sizes not available.

For Mullion Door availability, look for this chartthroughout.

Door Options

CG MD✓

Pricing includes Mullion Door and fullytempered clear glass for safety.

On acknowledgements, textured glass will belisted with MDI modification.

Available in all door styles except Draker.

Textured glass may be ordered to replace clearglass, except Bevel. See page 43 for texturedglass offering.

A2 x 4 Lites

B3 x 4 Lites

D2 x 3 Lites

E3 x 3 Lites

G2 x 2 Lites

MULLION

DOORS

42Effective October 2015

Page 50: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

INSTALLED TEXTURED GLASS INSERTS

antique bevel clear frost

rain reeded seeded

• Cut for glass door must be ordered separately. See page 41. Door frame may reduce amount of glass shown.• For glass shelf kits, see page 230.• On order acknowledgment, decorative glass selection will be shown with selected CG modification.• All glass is fully tempered or has a safety lamination.• No changes or cancellations will be accepted after 24 hours from acknowledgment of order.• Textured glass panels will be factory installed when ordered with CG or MD door.• Door frame may reduce amount of glass shown.

antique

• Glass type: Antique• Panel thickness: 1/8"

INSTALLED

TEXTURED

GLASS

INSERTS

43Effective October 2015

Page 51: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

bevel

• Glass type: Clear• Panel thickness: 1/4"• Suggested to use with Square doors.• Not compatible with Mullion Doors.

clear

• Glass type: Clear• Panel thickness: 1/8"

frost

• Glass type: Frost• Panel thickness: 5/32"

rain

• Glass type: Rain• Panel thickness: 5/32"

reeded

• Glass type: Reeded• Panel thickness: 5/32"

seeded

• Glass type: Seeded• Panel thickness: 9/32"

INSTALLED

TEXTURED

GLASS

INSERTS

44Effective October 2015

Page 52: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TEXTURED GLASS SKU AVAILABILITY

Antiq

ueBe

vel

Clea

rFr

ost

Rain

Reed

edSe

eded

Model Minimum Size: 6" x 8" or 8" x 6" or 10" Diagonal

CD** L or R ✓

DW30** ✓

DW33** ✓

DW36** ✓

DW39** ✓

DW42** ✓

MW**36 ✓

VWTB24 ✓

W1212 L or R ♦W1215 L or R ✓

W1218 L or R ✓

W1221 L or R ✓

W1223.5 L or R ✓

W1227.5 L or R ✓

W1230 L or R ✓

W1233 L or R ✓

W1236 L or R ✓

W1239 L or R ✓

W1242 L or R ✓

W15**L or R ✓

W18** L or R ✓

W2115 ♦W2118 L or R ✓

W2121 L or R ✓

W2123.5 L or R ✓

W2127.5 L or R ✓

W2130 L or R ✓

W2133 L or R ✓

W2136 L or R ✓

W2139 L or R ✓

W2142 L or R ✓

W24** L or R ✓

W2412/W241224 ♦W2415/W241524 ✓

W2418 ✓

W2421 ✓

W2423.5/W2423.524 ✓

W2427.5 ✓

W2430/W24306 ✓

W2433 ✓

W2436 ✓

W2439 ✓

W2442 ✓

W27** ✓

W30** ✓

W33** ✓

W36** ✓

W39** ✓

W3D15** L or R ✓

W3D18** L or R ✓

W3D24** ✓

W3D24** L or R ✓

W4212/W421224 ♦W4215/W421524 ✓

W4218/W421824 ✓

W4221/W422124 ✓

W4223.5/W4223.524 ✓

W4227.5/W4227.524 ✓

Antiq

ueBe

vel

Clea

rFr

ost

Rain

Reed

edSe

eded

Model Minimum Size: 6" x 8" or 8" x 6" or 10" Diagonal

W4230 ✓

W4233 ✓

W4236 ✓

W4239 ✓

W4242 ✓

W4230 ✓

W4236 ✓

W4239 ✓

W4242 ✓

W4512/W451224 ♦W4515/W451524 ✓

W4518/W451824 ✓

W4521/W452124 ✓

W4523.5/W4523.524 ✓

W4527.5/W4527.524 ✓

W4530 ✓

W4533 ✓

W4536 ✓

W4539 ✓

W4542 ✓

W4812/W481224 ♦W4815/W481524 ✓

W4818/W481824 ✓

W4821/W482124 ✓

W4823.5/W4823.524 ✓

W4827.5/W4827.524 ✓

W4830 ✓

W4833 ✓

W4836 ✓

W4839 ✓

W4842 ✓

W9** L or R N/AWAGD** L or R ✓

WC24** L or R ♦WC27** L or R ✓

WC30** L or R ✓

WC33** L or R ✓

WC36** L or R ✓

WC39** L or R ✓

WC42** L or R ✓

WC45** L or R ✓

WC48** L or R ✓

WEC12** L or R ✓

WEC12D** L or R N/AWTC12** ✓

◆Only available on Costello, Darien, Donovan, and Flannagan.

TEXTURED

GLASS

SKU

AVAIL

ABIL

ITY

45Effective October 2015

Page 53: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET CARE SUGGESTIONS

Your Thomasville Studio 1904 cabinetry is distinguished by a beautiful multi-step exterior finish. ‘‘Nature’s fingerprint’’ is never the same in two pieces ofwood, and our experts have carefully finished your cabinetry to highlight and complement the naturally occurring variations in color and grain.

The Thomasville finish is as durable as it is beautiful. A catalyzed varnish topcoat creates an easy-care surface that protects your cabinetry from manycommon spills, moisture, and everyday wear.

The Thomasville finish will remain beautiful with very little maintenance. Follow these tips on basic care and you will enjoy your cabinetry for yearsto come.

1. After installation is complete, wipe the cabinets with a soft, clean cloth dampened slightly with water. Dry immediately with another clean, soft cloth.

2. Regular cleaning requires only wiping with a dampened cloth and then drying. Remove oil, grease, or general soil by using a clean cloth dampened with afresh solution of mild dishwashing soap and water. Rinse with a clean cloth dampened with clean water and then dry thoroughly.

3. WARNING: Excess moisture is one of the worst enemies of any finish. Sink, range, dishwasher, oven and baseboard areas are most susceptible. Promptlyremove water spills and excess moisture from cabinets, using a clean, soft cloth.

4. Avoid using harsh detergents, strong soaps, abrasive cleaners, or self-polishing waxes when cleaning. Also avoid using ammonia solutions on or nearcabinets. These substances could have a deteriorating effect on the finished surface.

5. Avoid using a dishcloth to clean or dry cabinets, as it may contain remnants of detergent or grease.

6. Cover nicks and scratches with a tinted putty stick, such as the one included in the touch-up kits that are available through your Home Depot store.

7. We do not recommend waxing. Over time, waxing and polishing compounds may build up on the surface causing a hazy, streaky appearance.

Effective 10/2015

TIPS TO THE INSTALLER

#10 x 2 1/2" installation screws are furnished andpackaged inside all cabinets. Proper wall stud orceiling joist installation is essential for Wall andPeninsula cabinets to support weight. Wheneverpossible, cabinets should be attached to each otherfor additional strength. Excessive weight should notbe put on cabinets hung by themselves. Shimmingmay be required to ensure proper alignment.Wallboard alone is not strong enough to supportthe cabinets.

Our Warranty does not cover damage caused byimproper installation. Please be sure to installcabinets properly. If you have questions, pleasecontact your representative or customer service.

WOOD DUST WARNINGWhen cutting, sanding, sawing, or shapingcabinets or wood products, you are likely togenerate wood dust. For your own safety, werecommend that you wear a protective mask toprevent breathing wood dust. We alsorecommend eye protection to avoid injury byflying wood chips or sawdust during cabinetinstallation.

CARB COMPLIANCEThomasville is committed to offeringsolutions that meet or exceed air emissionsrules and regulations. All composite woodproducts used in the construction of ourcabinets for end panels, shelves, tops,bottoms, backs, toekicks, and corner blocksare compliant with the California AirResources Board (CARB) regulations forformaldehyde emissions.

CABINET

CARE

SUGGESTIONS

&TIPS

TO

THE

INSTALLER

46Effective October 2015

Page 54: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

PERFORMA™ REFERENCE CHART

Looking to maximize customer satisfaction, increase your revenue per order, or make the most of limited spaces? This chart allows you to quickly determine just how easy it is toadd Performa™ organizational cabinets to your designs – in any room of the home! Simply determine the width of space to fill, then look at the list options to find the solution thatbest meets your customer’s need. It’s that simple!

WALL CABINETS Description 3" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 21" 24" 27" 30" 33" 36" 39" 42" 45" 48" Corner PageWBCPO_30OL Wall Box Column Pullout

(Overlay or Fluted)✓ ✓ 75

WMC12_ _ L or R Wall Message Center ✓ 80WSC_ _ _ _ _ _ Wine Storage Cabinet ✓ ✓ 78WSP_ _ _ _ Wall Spice Pullout ✓ ✓ 76BASE CABINETS2DB_ _RT Two Drawer Base with Roll Tray ✓ ✓ ✓ 1082DB36PDO Two Drawer Base with Pegged Dish Organizer ✓ 1082DB36RTPDO Two Drawer Base with Roll Tray and Pegged

Dish Organizer✓ 109

4DB_ _CIW Four Drawer Base with Cutlery Insert WoodOrganizer

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 110

B_ _CIW L or R, B24CIW Base with Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 85B_ _RTCIW L or R, B24RTCIW Base with Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer and

Roll Tray✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 89-90

B_ _RTWTCD L or R, B24RTWTCD Base with Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawerand Roll Tray

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 90

B_ _TDRO Base w/Rollout Tray Divider ✓ ✓ 92B_ _WTCD L or R, B_ _WTCD Base w/Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 86B24PS L or R, B_ _PS Pots and Pans Organizer Base with Drawer ✓ ✓ ✓ 91BBCPO_OL Base Box Column Pullout

(Overlay)✓ ✓ 113

BPP_ _ Base Pantry Pullout ✓ ✓ 113BPPP24 L or R, BPPP_ _ Base Pots and Pans Pullout ✓ 91BSC30PR, BSC30RP SuperCabinet™, 30" ✓ 88BSC36PRP SuperCabinet™, 36" ✓ 88BWB_ _ Base Wastebasket ✓ ✓ ✓ 110BWB_ _FH Base Wastebasket Full Height ✓ ✓ ✓ 111SB_ _STS Sink Base SuperCabinet™ with Tiltout Trays ✓ 98VANITY CABINETSLC188421 L or R Linen Closet ✓ 157LCRH188421 L or R Linen Closet with Removable Hamper ✓ 157MODIFICATIONSCMAT1 (Base) CabMat™ ✓ ✓ ✓ 35CMAT2 (Vanity) CabMat™ ✓ ✓ ✓ 35

✓ = Available

PERFORM

A™

REFERENCE

CHART

47Effective October 2015

Page 55: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – WALL CABINETS

Wall Cabinets 12" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Wall Cabinets 15" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Wall Cabinets 18" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Wall Cabinets 21" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Wall Cabinets 23 1/2" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Wall Cabinets 27 1/2" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Wall Cabinets 30", 33", or 36" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Wall Cabinets 39" or 42" High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Wall Cabinets with Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Wall Corner Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

Wall Organization and Specialty Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Range Hoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

Wall Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Wall Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Embellishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

When varying heights, make sure to also varydepths to allow moulding to lie against adjacentside of cabinet.

Use space fillers where needed (S96X14) toavoid using skins when varying depths; thefillers are used to make up the 1/4" revealbehind the face frame.

Use FPEB modification or apply an end panelskin to create a flush end on the side of a wallcabinet if installed at the end of a run for easeof moulding installation.

All wall cabinets are 12" deep unless otherwisenoted.

WALL CABINETS

Wall Cabinet Nomenclature

Cabinet TypeCabinet Width Cabinet Height

Cabinet DepthW361824}}}}

Door OptionsRefer to each grid for door availability.Option Description

CG Cut for GlassMD Mullion

Construction Upgrade OptionsRefer to each grid for construction availability.Upgrade Description

APC All Plywood ConstructionPE Plywood Ends

Custom Modification OptionsRefer to each grid for modification availability.

Mod. Description

ADDTK* Add ToekickAUTHL Authentic End - LeftAUTHR Authentic End - RightCBO Cabinet Box OnlyCCO Cabinet Case Only

Mod. Description

CFNTO Cabinet Front OnlyCFRMO Cabinet Frame OnlyCND Cabinet with No Door, with DrawerEXL3 Extended Stile - LeftEXR3 Extended Stile - Right

Mod. Description

FPEB Furniture Plywood Ends BothID Increased DepthMIP Matching Interior PlywoodP PeninsulaRD Reduced Depth

*ADDTK available with compatible toekick modifications.See the Modification/Upgrade Compatibility Chart on page 40 for details.

✔ AvailableSTD Standard

Not Available

WALL

CABINETS

48Effective October 2015

Page 56: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall single door12" high

12"

12"

12", 15", or 18"

See Price Book page 11.

W1212 L or RW1512 L or RW1812 L or R

wall double door12" high

12"

12"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12"

12"

39"

12"

12"

42", 45", or 48"

See Price Book page 11.

Butt DoorsW2412W2712W3012W3312W3612Center StileW3912Butt DoorsW4212W4512W4812

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

49Effective October 2015

Page 57: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall refrigerator double door12" high, 24" deep

12"

24"

24", 30", 33", or 36"

12"

24"

39"

12"

24"

42", 45", or 48"

See Price Book page 11.

Butt DoorsW241224W301224W331224W361224Center StileW391224Butt DoorsW421224W451224W481224

24" deep cabinets must be fully supported byscrews installed in a structural member in theceiling or soffit, and into adjacent cabinets.

Load limit is 15 lbs. per square foot of loadbearing surface.

wall single door15" high

15"

12"

12", 15", or 18"

See Price Book page 11.

W1215 L or RW1515 L or RW1815 L or R

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

50Effective October 2015

Page 58: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall double door15" high

12"

15"

21", 24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

15"

12"

39"

15"

12"

42", 45", or 48"

See Price Book page 11.

Butt DoorsW2115W2415W2715W3015W3315W3615Center StileW3915Butt DoorsW4215W4515W4815

wall refrigerator double door15" high, 24" deep

24"

15"

30", 33", or 36"

24"

15"

39"

15"

24"

42", 45", or 48"

See Price Book page 12.

Butt DoorsW301524W331524W361524Center StileW391524Butt DoorsW421524W451524W481524

24" deep cabinets must be fully supported byscrews installed in a structural member in theceiling or soffit, and into adjacent cabinets.

Load limit is 15 lbs. per square foot of loadbearing surface.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

51Effective October 2015

Page 59: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall single door18" high

18"

12"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 12.

W1218 L or RW1518 L or RW1818 L or RW2118 L or RW2418 L or R

wall double door18" high

12"

18"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

18"

12"

39", 42", or 45"

18"

12"

48"

See Price Book page 12.

Butt DoorsW2418W2718W3018W3318W3618Center StileW3918W4218W4518Butt DoorsW4818

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12", 21", or 24" wide.

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 30" and 36" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

52Effective October 2015

Page 60: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall refrigerator double door18" high, 24" deep

18"

24"

30", 33", or 36"

18"

24"

39", 42", or 45"

18"

24"

48"

See Price Book page 12.

Butt DoorsW301824W331824W361824Center StileW391824W421824W451824Butt DoorsW481824

24" deep cabinets must be fully supported byscrews installed in a structural member in theceiling or soffit, and into adjacent cabinets.

Load limit is 15 lbs. per square foot of loadbearing surface.

wall single door21" high

12"

21"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 12.

W1221 L or RW1521 L or RW1821 L or RW2121 L or RW2421 L or R

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 30" and 36" wide.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

53Effective October 2015

Page 61: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall double door21" high

12"

21"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

21"

12"

39", 42", or 45"

21"

12"

48"

See Price Book page 13.

Butt DoorsW2421W2721W3021W3321W3621Center StileW3921W4221W4521Butt DoorsW4821

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

54Effective October 2015

Page 62: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall refrigerator double door21" high, 24" deep

21"

24"

30", 33", or 36"

21"

24"

39", 42", or 45"

21"

24"

48"

See Price Book page 13.

Butt DoorsW302124W332124W362124Center StileW392124W422124W452124Butt DoorsW482124

24" deep cabinets must be fully supported byscrews installed in a structural member in theceiling or soffit, and into adjacent cabinets.

Load limit is 15 lbs. per square foot of loadbearing surface.

wall single door23 1/2" high

12"

231/2"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 13.

W1223.5 L or RW1523.5 L or RW1823.5 L or RW2123.5 L or RW2423.5 L or R

If a 6" high accessory cabinet (i.e. Wall WineCubby, Wall Organizer, or Wall Spice Drawer) isinstalled beneath a 23 1/2" high wall cabinet, a1/2" filler is recommended between the twocabinets if installed adjacent to a 30" high wallcabinet.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

55Effective October 2015

Page 63: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall double door23 1/2" high

12"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

231/2"

12"

39", 42", or 45"

231/2"

12"

48"

231/2"

See Price Book page 13.

Butt DoorsW2423.5W2723.5W3023.5W3323.5W3623.5Center StileW3923.5W4223.5W4523.5Butt DoorsW4823.5

If a 6" high accessory cabinet (i.e. Wall WineCubby, Wall Organizer, or Wall Spice Drawer) isinstalled beneath a 23 1/2" high wall cabinet, a1/2" filler is recommended between the twocabinets if installed adjacent to a 30" high wallcabinet.

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 30" and 36" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

56Effective October 2015

Page 64: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall refrigerator double door23 1/2" high, 24" deep

24"

231/2"

24", 30", 33", or 36"

24"

231/2"

39", 42", or 45"

24"

231/2"

48"

See Price Book page 13.

Butt DoorsW2423.524W3023.524W3323.524W3623.524Center StileW3923.524W4223.524W4523.524Butt DoorsW4823.524

If a 6" high accessory cabinet (i.e. Wall WineCubby, Wall Organizer, or Wall Spice Drawer) isinstalled beneath a 23 1/2" high wall cabinet, a1/2" filler is recommended between the twocabinets if installed adjacent to a 30" high wallcabinet.

24" deep cabinets must be fully supported byscrews installed in a structural member in theceiling or soffit, and into adjacent cabinets.

Load limit is 15 lbs. per square foot of loadbearing surface.

wall single door27 1/2" high

12"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

271/2"

See Price Book page 14.

W1227.5 L or RW1527.5 L or RW1827.5 L or RW2127.5 L or RW2427.5 L or R

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 30" and 36" wide.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

57Effective October 2015

Page 65: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall double door27 1/2" high

12"

271/2"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12"

39", 42", or 45"

271/2"

12"

48"

271/2"

See Price Book page 14.

Butt DoorsW2427.5W2727.5W3027.5W3327.5W3627.5Center StileW3927.5W4227.5W4527.5Butt DoorsW4827.5

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

58Effective October 2015

Page 66: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall refrigerator double door27 1/2" high, 24" deep

24"

30", 33", or 36"

271/2"

24"

39", 42" or 45"

271/2"

24"

271/2"

48"

See Price Book page 14.

Butt DoorsW3027.524W3327.524W3627.524Center StileW3927.524W4227.524W4527.524Butt DoorsW4827.524

24" deep cabinets must be fully supported byscrews installed in a structural member in theceiling or soffit, and into adjacent cabinets.

Load limit is 15 lbs. per square foot of loadbearing surface.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

59Effective October 2015

Page 67: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall single door30", 33", or 36" high

30"33"or

36"

9", 12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

12"

See Price Book page 14.

30" HighW930 L or RW1230 L or RW1530 L or RW1830 L or RW2130 L or RW2430 L or R

33" HighW933 L or RW1233 L or RW1533 L or RW1833 L or RW2133 L or RW2433 L or R

36" HighW936 L or RW1236 L or RW1536 L or RW1836 L or RW2136 L or RW2436 L or R

wall double door30", 33", or 36" high

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12"

30"33"or

36"

See Price Book page 15.

30" High,Butt DoorsW2430W2730W3030W3330W3630

33" High,Butt DoorsW2433W2733W3033W3333W3633

36" High,Butt DoorsW2436W2736W3036W3336W3636

wall double door30", 33", or 36" high

39", 42", or 45"

12"

30"33"or

36"

See Price Book page 15.

30" High,Center StileW3930W4230W4530

33" High,Center StileW3933W4233W4533

36" High,Center StileW3936W4236W4536

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 9" or 12" wide.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 39" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

60Effective October 2015

Page 68: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall double door30", 33", or 36" high

48"

12"

30"33"or

36"

See Price Book page 15.

30" High, Butt DoorsW483033" High, Butt DoorsW483336" High, Butt DoorsW4836

wall single door39" or 42" high

39"or

42"

12"

9", 12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 15.

39" HighW939 L or RW1239 L or RW1539 L or RW1839 L or RW2139 L or RW2439 L or R42" HighW942 L or RW1242 L or RW1542 L or RW1842 L or RW2142 L or RW2442 L or R

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 9" or 12" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

61Effective October 2015

Page 69: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall double door39" or 42" high

12"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

39"or

42"

12"

39", 42", or 45"

39"or

42"

12"

48"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 16.

39" High, Butt DoorsW2439W2739W3039W3339W363942" High, Butt DoorsW2442W2742W3042W3342W364239" High, Center StileW3939W4239W453942" High, Center StileW3942W4242W454239" High, Butt DoorsW483942" High, Butt DoorsW4842

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 39" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

62Effective October 2015

Page 70: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall three drawer single door48", 51", 54", 57", or 60" high

12"

15", 18", or 24"

18"

48"51"or

54"

27"30"or

33"Frame

OpeningHeight

12"

57"or

60"

15", 18", or 24"

18"

36"or

39"Frame

OpeningHeight

See Price Book page 16.

48" HighW3D1548 L or RW3D1848 L or RW3D2448 L or R51" HighW3D1551 L or RW3D1851 L or RW3D2451 L or R54" HighW3D1554 L or RW3D1854 L or RW3D2454 L or R57" HighW3D1557 L or RW3D1857 L or RW3D2457 L or R60" HighW3D1560 L or RW3D1860 L or RW3D2460 L or R

• Includes one shallow depth drawer and twostandard drawers.

• Drawer front to face frame reveal is justified to thetop to be consistent with both full and partialoverlay. Bottom reveal is 7/8" for full overlay and1" for partial overlay.

• Top drawer will be slab for all styles.

Countertop backsplash must stop to set cabinetagainst wall.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

63Effective October 2015

Page 71: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall three drawer double door48", 51", 54", 57", or 60" high

48"51"or

54"

12"

24"

18"

27"30"or

33"Frame

OpeningHeight

12"

24"

18"

57"or

60"

36"or

39"Frame

OpeningHeight

See Price Book page 17.

48" High, Butt DoorsW3D244851" High, Butt DoorsW3D245154" High, Butt DoorsW3D245457" High, Butt DoorsW3D245760" High, Butt DoorsW3D2460

• Includes one shallow depth drawer and twostandard drawers.

• Drawer front to face frame reveal is justified to thetop to be consistent with both full and partialoverlay. Bottom reveal is 7/8" for full overlay and1" for partial overlay.

• Top drawer will be slab for all styles.

Countertop backsplash must stop to set cabinetagainst wall.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

64Effective October 2015

Page 72: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall corner cabinet

Front View Top View

C

A

Max. Space

Min. Space

CabinetWall Corner Cabinet

Cabi

net

Wall

Wall

3" Filler

F

B

D

C

D

E

AdjacentCabinet

Clearance

E

Note: All outside stiles are 1 1/2" wide.

A B C D E* E FMin. Max. Max. Cabinet Full Overlay Partial Overlay Actual

Width Space Pull* Space Opening At Min. At Max. At Min. At Max. CabinetWC24_ _ 24" 5" 29" 7 1/2" 1 3/4" 6 3/4" 2 1/2" 7 1/2" 24"WC27_ _ 27" 4 1/2" 31 1/2" 9" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 27"WC30_ _ 30" 5" 35" 13 1/2" 1 3/4" 6 3/4" 2 1/2" 7 1/2" 30"WC33_ _ 33" 4 1/2" 37 1/2" 15" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 33"WC36_ _ 36" 5" 41" 19 1/2" 1 3/4" 6 3/4" 2 1/2" 7 1/2" 36"WC39_ _ 39" 4 1/2" 43 1/2" 21" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 39"WC42_ _ 42" 4 1/2" 46 1/2" 24" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 42"WC45_ _ 45" 4 1/2" 49 1/2" 27" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 45"WC48_ _ 48" 4 1/2" 52 1/2" 30" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 48"

*Minimum/maximum space between inside edge of door and face of filler/adjoining cabinet.If cabinet is pulled to maximum stated dimension, filler will need to be cleated for proper attachment.

Wall corner cabinets may be installed flush tothe wall (left) or pulled up to 3" away from wall(right) to accommodate odd dimensions in akitchen design. In either case, the adjoining runof 12" wall cabinets plus a 3" filler will buttagainst the solid wood panel. When a cabinet is‘‘Pulled’’ it will use proportionally more wallspace, for example, a 30" wide WC pulled 2"will use 32" of space.

The L or R in the cabinet’s nomenclatureindicates the location of cabinet void.

Blind side of wall corner cabinets cannot beinstalled next to a range hood or microwaveshelf due to door interference.

wall corner single door30", 33", or 36" high

12"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

30"33"or

36"

See Price Book page 17.

30" HighWC2430 L or RWC2730 L or RWC3030 L or RWC3330 L or RWC3630 L or R33" HighWC2433 L or RWC2733 L or RWC3033 L or RWC3333 L or RWC3633 L or R

36" HighWC2436 L or RWC2736 L or RWC3036 L or RWC3336 L or RWC3636 L or R

• Includes one 3" filler, shipped unattached.• L or R indicates void. R (right) void shown.

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 33" or 36" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

65Effective October 2015

Page 73: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall corner double door30", 33", or 36" high

39", 42", 45", or 48"

12"

30"33"or

36"

See Price Book page 17.

30" High, Butt DoorsWC3930 L or RWC4230 L or RWC4530 L or RWC4830 L or R33" High, Butt DoorsWC3933 L or RWC4233 L or RWC4533 L or RWC4833 L or R36" High, Butt DoorsWC3936 L or RWC4236 L or RWC4536 L or RWC4836 L or R

• Includes one 3" filler, shipped unattached.• L or R indicates void. R (right) void shown.

wall corner single door39" or 42" high

12"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 17.

39" HighWC2439 L or RWC2739 L or RWC3039 L or RWC3339 L or RWC3639 L or R42" HighWC2442 L or RWC2742 L or RWC3042 L or RWC3342 L or RWC3642 L or R

• Includes one 3" filler, shipped unattached.• L or R indicates void. R (right) void shown.

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P* RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*WC3930, WC3933, or WC3936 P and MD options cannot beordered together due to the unavailability of Mullion Doors.

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 33" or 36" wide.

WALL

CABINETS

66Effective October 2015

Page 74: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall corner double door39" or 42" high

39", 42", 45", or 48"

12"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 18.

39" High, Butt DoorsWC3939 L or RWC4239 L or RWC4539 L or RWC4839 L or R42" High, Butt DoorsWC3942 L or RWC4242 L or RWC4542 L or RWC4842 L or R

• Includes one 3" filler, shipped unattached.• L or R indicates void. R (right) void shown.

diagonal wall30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

24"

12"

24"

12"

30"33"or

36"

24"

12"

24"

12"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 18.

30" HighDW302424 L or R33" HighDW332424 L or R36" HighDW362424 L or R39" HighDW392424 L or R42" HighDW422424 L or R

FPEB modification is recommended.

Cabinet requires 24" x 24" of corner wallspace.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P* RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*WC3939 or WC3942 P and MD options cannot be orderedtogether due to the unavailability of Mullion Doors.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

67Effective October 2015

Page 75: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

diagonal wall30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high, 27" x 27"

27"

15"

27"

15"

30"33"or

36"

27"

15" 15"

27"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 18.

30" HighDW302727 L or R33" HighDW332727 L or R36" HighDW362727 L or R39" HighDW392727 L or R42" HighDW422727 L or R

• Includes two 1/4" x 30", 33", 36", 39", or 42"space fillers, shipped unattached, except withFPEB.

FPEB modification is recommended.

Cabinet requires 27" x 27" of corner wallspace.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

diagonal wall with lazy susan30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

24"

12"

24"

12"

30"33"or

36"

24"

12" 12"

24"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 18.

30" HighDW302424S L or R33" HighDW332424S L or R36" HighDW362424S L or R39" HighDW392424S L or R42" HighDW422424S L or R

• Plywood shelves are 18" in overall diameter with a17" interior diameter and 1" high lip.

• Shelves rotate independently.

FPEB modification is recommended.

Cabinet requires 24" x 24" of corner wallspace.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

68Effective October 2015

Page 76: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

diagonal wall with lazy susan30", 36", 39", or 42" high

24"

12"

24"

12"

30"or

36"

24"

12" 12"

24"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 18.

30" HighDW302424LS L or R36" HighDW362424LS L or R39" HighDW392424LS L or R42" HighDW422424LS L or R

• Includes two white 18" diameter plastic shelves.

Cabinet requires 24" x 24" of corner wallspace.

easy reach wall corner30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high, 24" x 24"

12"

24" 24"

30"33"or

36"

24"

12"

24"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 18.

30" HighER30 L or R33" HighER33 L or R36" HighER36 L or R39" HighER39 L or R42" HighER42 L or R

• Adjustable shelves.• Hinged door opens 170°.• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

FPEB modification is recommended.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of ER.

Cabinet requires 24" x 24" of corner wallspace.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

69Effective October 2015

Page 77: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

asymmetrical easy reach wall corner30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

21" or 24"

12"

21" or 24"

12"9"

30"33"or

36"

21" or 24"

12"

21" or 24"

12"9"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 19.

30" HighER302124 L or RER302421 L or R33" HighER332124 L or RER332421 L or R36" HighER362124 L or RER362421 L or R39" HighER392124 L or RER392421 L or R42" HighER422124 L or RER422421 L or R

• Hinged door opens to 170°.• Adjustable shelves.• Legs at the front frames are 9" on 21" leg and 12"

on 24" leg.• ER_ _2124 L shown.• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

FPEB modification is recommended.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of ER.

Nomenclature for asymmetrical cabinets readsas follows:First leg of dimension refers to the height,second leg dimension refers to the left side,and the third leg dimension refers to the rightside.

Cabinet requires 21" x 24" or 24" x 21" ofcorner wall space.

wall end cabinet single door30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high, 12" x 12"

30"33"or

36"

12" 12"

17"Diagonal

Front Width

39"or

42"

12" 12"

17"Diagonal

Front Width

See Price Book page 19.

30" HighWEC1230 L or R33" HighWEC1233 L or R36" HighWEC1236 L or R39" HighWEC1239 L or R42" HighWEC1242 L or R

12"

12"17"

Top View

Cabinet features two unfinished back panels.Must be installed with one back panel adjacentto a cabinet of equal height with the other backpanel attached to the wall.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD*✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*When ordered with Mullion Doors, shelves will not align withmullions on 39" and 42" high cabinets.

WALL

CABINETS

70Effective October 2015

Page 78: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall end cabinet double door30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high, 12" x 12"

12" 12"

95/32"Diagonal

Side Width

95/32"

30"33"or

36"

39"or

42"

12" 12"

95/32"Diagonal

Side Width

95/32"

See Price Book page 19.

30" HighWEC1230D33" HighWEC1233D36" HighWEC1236D39" HighWEC1239D42" HighWEC1242D

12" 12"

95/32" 95/32"

12"

671/2° 671/2°

135°Top View

• Decorative glass inserts are not available.

Cabinet features two unfinished back panels.Must be installed with one back panel adjacentto a cabinet of equal height with the other backpanel attached to the wall.

wall quarter round end shelf30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

5"12"

9", 10", or 11"

30"33"or

36"

9", 10", or 11"

9", 10", or 11"

5"12"

813/16" or 99/16"

39"or

42"

813/16" or 99/16"

813/16" or 99/16"

813/16" or 99/16"

See Price Book page 19.

Square Top & Bottom Panels

30" HighWQRES630STSB33" HighWQRES633STSB36" HighWQRES636STSB39" HighWQRES639STSB42" HighWQRES642STSB

12"

5"

4"Radius

Top View

• Units are reversible.• Hardwood veneer on 3/4" furniture board core.• Matching interior.• Veneer construction, finished to match cabinet

face frame.

Cabinet features two unfinished back panels.Must be installed with one back panel adjacentto a cabinet of equal height and the other backpanel attached to the wall.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓

WALL

CABINETS

71Effective October 2015

Page 79: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall transition cabinet30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

17"Diagonal Front Width

12"

12"24"

30"33"or

36"

17"Diagonal Front Width

39"or

42"

12"24"

12"

See Price Book page 19.

30" HighWTC1230LLWTC1230RLWTC1230LRWTC1230RR33" HighWTC1233LLWTC1233RLWTC1233LRWTC1233RR36" HighWTC1236LLWTC1236RLWTC1236LRWTC1236RR39" HighWTC1239LLWTC1239RLWTC1239LRWTC1239RR42" HighWTC1242LLWTC1242RLWTC1242LRWTC1242RR

LL RR (shown)

LR RL

24"

12"12"

135°45°

Top View

Cabinet features two unfinished back panels.Must be installed with one back panel adjacentto a cabinet of equal height and the other backpanel attached to the wall.

Specify door hinging.

First letter refers to 24" deep side of thecabinet and the second letter indicates the 12"deep side of the cabinet (also the hinge side ofthe door).

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHL*AUTHR* CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB* ID MIP P RD**

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 12" deep side of cabinet.**Available to 18".

WALL

CABINETS

72Effective October 2015

Page 80: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall microwave double door cabinet36" high

27" or 30"

181/2"

12" FrameOpeningHeight

36"

12"

Opening CabinetWidth Height Width Height

MW2736 24" 18 3/4" 27" 36"MW3036 27" 18 3/4" 30" 36"

See Price Book page 20.

Butt DoorsMW2736MW3036

• Includes one 3/4" shelf with six mounting screws.Microwave shelf extends beyond the front of thecabinet by 6 1/2", for a total shelf depth of18 1/2".

• Cabinet interior finished to match cabinet faceframe.

Designed for free-standing microwaves.

Microwave cabinet must be attached to wallstud and adjacent cabinets on both sides forsupport.

wall appliance garage door18" high, 12" deep

18"

12"

18" or 24"

See Price Book page 20.

WAGD18 L or RWAGD24 L or R

• Cabinet does not have floor.• Available in square door styles only.• Trim height will be restricted when AUTHL or

AUTHR is selected.

FPEB modification is recommended.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID* MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ STD

*When ID is ordered, shelf will not be included with cabinet.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

73Effective October 2015

Page 81: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall appliance garage door18" high, 12" deep

18"

12"

24"

See Price Book page 20.

Butt DoorsWAGD24

• Cabinet does not have floor.• Trim height will be restricted when AUTHL or

AUTHR is selected.

FPEB modification is recommended.

corner door18" high

12"12"

24"

18" 18"

24"

See Price Book page 20.

CD2424 L or R

• Cabinet has partial top and no floor.• Trim height will be restricted when AUTHL or

AUTHR is selected.FPEB modification is recommended.

Corner Door cabinet is designed to fit beneathDiagonal Wall cabinets.

Requires 24" x 24" corner wall space.

corner door18" high

15" 15"

27"

18" 18"

27"

See Price Book page 20.

CD2727 L or R

• Cabinet has partial top and no floor.• Trim height will be restricted when AUTHL or

AUTHR is selected.FPEB modification is recommended.

Corner Door cabinet is designed to fit beneathDiagonal Wall cabinets.

Requires 27" x 27" corner wall space.

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

74Effective October 2015

Page 82: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall box column pullout, overlay30" high, 11 1/4" deep

3" or 6"

30"

111/8"

PulloutInteriorDepth87/8"

InteriorWidths13/4" or 43/4"

See Price Book page 0.

OverlayWBCPO330OLWBCPO630OL

InstallationTop View

Overlay

• All styles feature a natural finish full extension wood pulloutwith adjustable shelves and chrome rail sides.

• Overlay application includes profiled full overlay filler.• Cannot be installed between cabinets with Authentic Ends

(AUTHL/AUTHR).• Filler is included, but unattached.• For full access from both sides of unit, do not install

against a wall or next to deeper appliances and cabinets.• Not compatible with face mount moulding.

Recommended to be installed between twocabinets. May be used at the end of the run ornext to an appliance when also using it inconjunction with a WEP1230WD orWEP1230LAM (page 171) panel.

Install unit before removing shipping brace andattaching filler.

In order to allow proper clearance foropening and closing, allow an additional1/8" space between adjacent cabinet faceframes. The 3" wide pullouts require 3 1/8"space and the 6" wide pullouts require6 1/8" space. Spacers are included with thepullouts to allow for proper installation.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

WALL

CABINETS

75Effective October 2015

Page 83: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall spice pullout30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

12"

30"or

33"

9" or 12"

12"

36"39"or

42"

9" or 12"

See Price Book page 20.

30" HighWSP930WSP123033" HighWSP933WSP123336" HighWSP936WSP123639" HighWSP939WSP123942" HighWSP942WSP1242

• Includes a natural finish full extension woodpullout with three adjustable shelves, one fixedshelf on 30" and 33" high, two fixed shelves on36", 39", and 42" high, and chrome rail sides(QuietClose not included).

• Wood plugs for top of pullout included for fieldinstallation.

• Wire for top rail on 36" to 42" high pulloutincluded separately for field installation.

• For full access from both sides of unit, do notinstall against a wall or next to deeper appliancesand cabinets.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

WALL

CABINETS

76Effective October 2015

Page 84: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall china display15" high

12" FrameOpeningHeight

15"

12"

30" or 36"

See Price Book page 20.

WCD3015WCD3615

• 30" holds thirteen plates.36" holds sixteen plates.

• Individual dowels are not removable. Completerack assembly is removable.

• Dowels are 3/8" in diameter and spaced 1 1/2"apart.

Maximum plate diameter is 11 1/2".

wall wine rack15" or 18" high

15"or

18"

12"

30" or 36"

See Price Book page 21.

15" HighWNR3015WNR361518" HighWNR3018WNR3618

• 30" holds eleven bottles.36" holds thirteen bottles.

• Hardwood veneer plywood with solid wood latticework.

• Wine bottle opening 4" x 4".

wall wine rack30" high

30"

12"

15" or 18"

See Price Book page 21.

WNR1530WNR1830

• Holds eleven bottles.• Hardwood veneer plywood with solid wood lattice

work.• Wine bottle opening 4" x 4".

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ STD

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ STD

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ STD

WALL

CABINETS

77Effective October 2015

Page 85: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wine storage cabinet18" high

18"

12" or 18"

18"

See Price Book page 21.

12" DeepWSC18181218" DeepWSC181818

• 18" holds eighteen bottles.• WSC181818 includes two 1/4" space fillers

shipped unattached. When depth is reduced, fillersare not included.

• ‘‘X’’ shelf configuration cannot be removed.

Must be installed between two cabinets orbetween a cabinet and a wall, or mounted to ahorizontal surface.

wall wine cubby30", 36", or 42" wide, 6" high

12"

6"

30"

51/8"

41/2"

12"

6"

36"

51/8"

41/2"

12"

6"

42"

51/8"

41/2"

See Price Book page 21.

30" WideW63036" WideW63642" WideW642

• Hardwood veneer on 3/4" furniture board core.• Frameless construction.

This cabinet features flush end panels whichcannot be skinned.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD*

✓ STD ✓

*Not recommended for safe wine bottle storage.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID* MIP P RD

*Only available in 3" increments.

WALL

CABINETS

78Effective October 2015

Page 86: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall organizer30" or 36" wide, 6" high

6"

12"

30"

6"

12"

36"

See Price Book page 21.

30" WideWO3036" WideWO36

• Hardwood veneer on 3/4" furniture board core.• Frameless construction.

This cabinet features flush end panels whichcannot be skinned.

wall spice drawer30", 36", or 42" wide, 6" high

12"

6"

30"

51/8"

41/2"

12"

6"

36"

51/8"

41/2"

12"

6"

42"

51/8"

41/2"

See Price Book page 21.

30" WideWSD3036" WideWSD3642" WideWSD42

standardprofile

55/8"

3/4"

shakerprofile

55/8"

3/4"

• Hardwood veneer on 3/4" furniture board core.• 1/2" hardwood drawer with rabbet joint.• Horizontal application only.• Frameless construction.• All styles use standard drawer front profile except

Baden, Bensley, Draker, Costello, and Yuma, whichuse a shaker profile.

This cabinet features flush end panels whichcannot be skinned.

Slab drawer front is unique to item, and will notmatch profile chosen.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID* MIP P RD

*Only available in 3" increments.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID* MIP P RD

*Only available in 3" increments.

WALL

CABINETS

79Effective October 2015

Page 87: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall message center12" wide, 3" deep, 30", 33", 36", 39", or 42" high

12"

3"

30"33"or

36"

12"

3"

39"or

42"

See Price Book page 21.

30" HighWMC1230 L or R33" HighWMC1233 L or R36" HighWMC1236 L or R39" HighWMC1239 L or R42" HighWMC1242 L or R

• Includes magnetic whiteboard on back of door, keyhooks, pencil holder, and fixed plexi-glass frontedshelves.

• Two fixed shelves on 30", 33", and 36".• Three fixed shelves on 39" and 42".• Not available next to a peninsula cabinet.• Door will open 90° without decorative hardware.• Cabinet should be hinged on wall side.• For proper installation, adjacent cabinet must have

FPEB or 1/4" skin applied.

Embellishments and Overlay Fillers can be usedon side of cabinet to add a decorative touch.

wood hood canopy arched30" or 36" wide, 24" high

55/16"

30" or 36"

24"

8"

12"

11/2"

11/2"

121 /2" or 151 /2"

2"

2713/16" or 3313/16"63/16"21 /2"

See Price Book page 21.

WHCA30WHCA36

• Doors matching the style ordered will be installedon hood.

• Silver metallic liner included. Assembly required.• Interior bottom section is finished below liner. Liner

is not arched.• Installation instructions and hardware included.• Liner opening size: 10 1/4" deep by 19 1/2" wide.• Arched raised panel valance front.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Install wood hoods between adjacent cabinets.

Exhaust system not included. Designed for usewith all Thomasville blowers. See page 82.

Check your local building code for installationheights above the range.

Filter not required unless using a ductlessconversion kit. If ductless conversion kit isrequired, see CONVERSION on page 82.

Designed for use with FILTER250/390. Seepage 82.

Door Options

CG MD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB ID MIP P RD

✓ ✓ STD ✓

WALL

CABINETS

80Effective October 2015

Page 88: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wood hood canopy square30" or 36" wide, 24" high

55/16"

11/2"

2713 /16" or 3313 /16"

63/16"

299/16" or 3513/16"

30" or 36"

24"

8"

12"

11/2"

121 /2" or 151 /2"

2"

21 /2"

See Price Book page 21.

WHCS30WHCS36

• Doors matching the style ordered will be installedon hood.

• Silver metallic liner included. Assembly required.• Interior bottom section is finished below liner.• Installation instructions and hardware included.• Liner opening size: 10 1/4" deep by 19 1/2" wide.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Install wood hoods between adjacent cabinets.

Exhaust system not included. Designed for usewith all Thomasville blowers. See page 82.

Check your local building code for installationheights above the range.

Filter not required unless using a ductlessconversion kit. If ductless conversion kit isrequired, see CONVERSION on page 82.

Designed for use with FILTER250/390. Seepage 82.

tapered wood hood30" wide, 24" high

24"

613/16"

6"

30"

(Inside ofmouldingto inside ofmoulding.)

See Price Book page 21.

TWH30

• Silver metallic liner included. Liner opening size:10 1/4" deep x 19 1/2" wide. Not available fororder separately.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Wood hoods are designed to be used withdecorative overlays.

Install wood hood between adjacent cabinets.

Exhaust system not included. Designed for usewith all Thomasville blowers. See page 82.

Check your local building code for installationheights above the range.

tapered wood hood36" wide, 24" high

24"6"

30"3"

3"

613/16"

(Inside ofmouldingto inside ofmoulding.)

See Price Book page 21.

TWH36

• Silver metallic liner included. Liner opening size:10 1/4" deep x 19 1/2" wide. Not available fororder separately.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Wood hoods are designed to be used withdecorative overlays.

Install wood hood between adjacent cabinets.

Exhaust system not included. Designed for usewith all Thomasville blowers. See page 82.

Check your local building code for installationheights above the range.

WALL

CABINETS

81Effective October 2015

Page 89: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wood hood blower, 500 CFM

197/16"103/16"

95/8"

57/8"

See Price Book page 21.

BLOWER500

• One year warranty.• Sound rating is 8.2 sones.• Silver metallic finish.• Includes two removable dishwasher safe grease

filters.• 3-speed push button control up to 500 CFM.• Two 20 watt (12 v) G4 base halogen lamps

included.• Installation instructions, warranty, and repair

information included.

To use as a ventless unit, conversion kit mustbe ordered. See below.

Compatible with all wood hoods and hearths.

Recommended for use in applications up to60,000 BTUs.

tapered wood hood blower

197/16"103/16"

95/8"

See Price Book page 21.

TWHBLOWER390

• Silver metallic finish.• Includes removable dishwasher safe grease filter.• 3-speed centrifugal fan and lighted filter control up

to 390 CFM.• 6" diameter vent.• 1 year warranty.• Two 40 watt candelabra lights required, but not

included.• Sound rating is 6 sones.• Uses 3.2 amps.

Compatible with all wood hoods and hearths.

wood hood ductless conversion kit and filter kits

21" x 7"Round Pipe

7" x 6"Reducer

See Price Book page 22.

CONVERSIONFILTER250/390 (Not Shown)FILTER500 (Not Shown)

• CONVERSION includes: (1) 21" x 7" round pipe, (1)adjustable collar, (1) white metal soffit grille, (1)adjustable boot, (1) 7" x 6" reducer, andinstallation instructions.

Must order charcoal filter with CONVERSION kitfor proper filtration to replace metal mesh filtersincluded with blower unit.

FILTER250/390 required when CONVERSION isused with TWHBLOWER250/TWHBLOWER390.

FILTER500 required when CONVERSION is usedwith BLOWER500.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ModificationsAre Not

Available

WALL

CABINETS

82Effective October 2015

Page 90: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – BASE CABINETS

Base Cabinets with Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Full-Height Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Base Organization, Base with Roll Trays, and Specialty Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Sink Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Corner Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

Drawer Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Wastebaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Pullouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Appliance Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Base Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Base Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Embellishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Heat shields are available for field installation.See page 237.

All base cabinets are 34 1/2" high and 24"deep unless otherwise noted.

TOEKICKSBase cabinets are shipped with an unfinishedtoekick. Finished toekicks in matching woodveneer or laminate must be ordered separatelyand field installed.

BASE CABINETS

Base Cabinet Nomenclature

Cabinet TypeB24}}

Cabinet Width

Construction Upgrade OptionsRefer to each grid for construction availability.

Upgrade Description

APC All Plywood ConstructionPE Plywood Ends

Custom Modification OptionsRefer to each grid for modification availability.

Mod. Description

AUTHL Authentic End - LeftAUTHR Authentic End - RightCBO Cabinet Box OnlyCCO Cabinet Case OnlyCFNTO Cabinet Front OnlyCFP Cabinet False PanelCFRMO Cabinet Frame OnlyCMAT CabMat™CND Cabinet with No Door, with

Drawer

Mod. Description

EXL3 Extended Stile - LeftEXR3 Extended Stile - RightFD Full Depth ShelfFPEB Furniture Plywood Ends

BothFTK Flush ToekickFTKAV Flush Toekick ArchFTKFV Flush Toekick FurnitureMIP Matching Interior Plywood

Mod. Description

P PeninsulaRD Reduced DepthRECTKALL Recessed Toekick - IslandRECTKBK Recessed Toekick - BackRECTKL Recessed Toekick - LeftRECTKR Recessed Toekick - RightRT Installed Roll TrayVTK Void Toekick

✔ AvailableSTD Standard

Not Available

BASE

CABINETS

83Effective October 2015

Page 91: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base single door12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

341/2"

24"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 22.

B12 L or RB15 L or RB18 L or RB21 L or RB24 L or R

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

base double door24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 22.

Butt DoorsB24B27B30B33B36

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

base double door39", 42", or 45" wide

341/2"

24"

39", 42", or 45"

See Price Book page 22.

Center StileB39B42B45

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

84Effective October 2015

Page 92: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base double door48" wide

341/2"

24"

48"

See Price Book page 22.

Butt DoorsB48

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

base with cutlery insert wood organizer15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

15", 18", 21", or 24"

341/2"

24"

341/2"

24"

24"

See Price Book page 22.

Single DoorB15CIW L or RB18CIW L or RB21CIW L or RB24CIW L or RButt DoorsB24CIW

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.• Includes Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer.

Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer is also availableas an accessory for field installation. See page231.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

85Effective October 2015

Page 93: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base with wood tiered cutlery divider drawer15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

15", 18", 21", or 24"

341/2"

24"

341/2"

24"

24"

See Price Book page 22.

Single DoorB15WTCD L or RB18WTCD L or RB21WTCD L or RB24WTCD L or RButt DoorsB24WTCD

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.• Includes Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer.• Exterior WTCD box height is 3 3/4". Interior height

of top tier is 1 5/8" and height of bottom tier is1 3/8".

Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer is alsoavailable as an accessory for field installation.See pages 231 & 232.

full height base single door9", 12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

341/2"

24"

9", 12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 22.

B9FH L or RB12FH L or RB15FH L or RB18FH L or RB21FH L or RB24FH L or R

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALL**RECTKBK**

RECTKLRECTKR RT** VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 9" or 12" wide.**Not available on 9" wide.

BASE

CABINETS

86Effective October 2015

Page 94: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

full height base double door24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 23.

Butt DoorsB24FHB27FHB30FHB33FHB36FH

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

full height base double door39", 42", or 45" wide

341/2"

24"

39", 42", or 45"

See Price Book page 23.

Center StileB39FHB42FHB45FH

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

full height base double door48" wide

341/2"

24"

48"

See Price Book page 23.

Butt DoorsB48FH

• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

87Effective October 2015

Page 95: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

30" SuperCabinet™

30" wide

341/2"

24"

30"

177/8"Opening Width

79/16"Opening Width

See Price Book page 23.

BSC30RP

• Cabinets utilize 170° hinges. IntegratedQuietClose hinge not included. Premium doormechanism installed.

• Roll trays are full extension side mounted.• Each door features a chrome and wood three-

tiered rack.• Door rack width is 10 7/8".• Door rack depth is 3 1/2".

Nomenclature represents left to right order ofinterior components. BSC30RP = BaseSuperCabinet™ 30 Rollout Pullout.

Doors must be able to open 170° for interiorcomponents to function properly. 12" ofadjacent space is required if cabinet is locatednext to any full-depth cabinet, refrigerator, orwall.

All load bearing surfaces meet KCMA standardsof 15 lbs. per square foot.

Roll trays do not feature QuietClose.

30" SuperCabinet™

30" wide

341/2"

24"

30"

177/8"Opening Width

79/16"Opening Width

See Price Book page 23.

BSC30PR

• Cabinets utilize 170° hinges. IntegratedQuietClose hinge not included. Premium doormechanism installed.

• Roll trays are full extension side mounted.• Each door features a chrome and wood three-

tiered rack.• Door rack width is 10 7/8".• Door rack depth is 3 1/2".

Nomenclature represents left to right order ofinterior components. BSC30PR = BaseSuperCabinet™ 30 Pullout Rollout.

Doors must be able to open 170° for interiorcomponents to function properly. 12" ofadjacent space is required if cabinet is locatednext to any full-depth cabinet, refrigerator, orwall.

All load bearing surfaces meet KCMA standardsof 15 lbs. per square foot.

Roll trays do not feature QuietClose.

36" SuperCabinet™

36" wide

341/2"

24"

36"

147/8"Opening Width

811/32"Opening Width

811/32"Opening Width

See Price Book page 23.

BSC36PRP

• Cabinets utilize 170° hinges.Integrated QuietClose hinge notincluded. Premium door mechanisminstalled.

• Roll trays are full extension sidemounted.

• Each door features a chrome andwood three-tiered rack.

• Door rack width is 13 7/8".• Door rack depth is 3 1/2".

Nomenclature represents left to right order ofinterior components. BSC36PRP = BaseSuperCabinet™ 36 Pullout Rollout Pullout.

Doors must be able to open 170° for interiorcomponents to function properly. 12" ofadjacent space is required if cabinet is locatednext to any full-depth cabinet, refrigerator, orwall.

All load bearing surfaces meet KCMA standardsof 15 lbs. per square foot.

Roll trays do not feature QuietClose.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

88Effective October 2015

Page 96: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base with roll trays15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

341/2"

24"

15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 23.

B15RT L or RB18RT L or RB21RT L or RB24RT L or R

• Two roll trays standard.

Cabinet may accommodate up to four roll trays,which may be purchased separately for fieldinstallation. See page 236.

base with roll trays24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 23.

Butt DoorsB24RTB27RTB30RTB33RTB36RT

• Two roll trays standard.

Cabinet may accommodate up to four roll trays,which may be purchased separately for fieldinstallation. See page 236.

base with cutlery insert wood organizer and roll trays15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

341/2"

24"

15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 23.

B15RTCIW L or RB18RTCIW L or RB21RTCIW L or RB24RTCIW L or R

• Two roll trays standard.• Includes Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer.

Cabinet may accommodate up to four roll trays,which may be purchased separately for fieldinstallation. See page 236.

Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer is also availableas an accessory for field installation. See page231.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

89Effective October 2015

Page 97: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base with cutlery insert wood organizer and roll trays24" wide

341/2"

24"

24"

See Price Book page 23.

Butt DoorsB24RTCIW

• Two roll trays standard.• Includes Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer.

Cabinet may accommodate up to four roll trays,which may be purchased separately for fieldinstallation. See page 236.

Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer is also availableas an accessory for field installation. See page231.

base with wood tiered cutlery divider drawer and roll trays15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

15", 18", 21", or 24"

341/2"

24"

See Price Book page 23.

B15RTWTCD L or RB18RTWTCD L or RB21RTWTCD L or RB24RTWTCD L or R

• Two roll trays standard.• Includes Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer.• Exterior WTCD box height is 3 3/4". Interior height

of top tier is 1 5/8" and height of bottom tier is1 3/8".

Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer is alsoavailable as an accessory for field installation.See pages 231 & 232.

Cabinet may accommodate up to four roll trays,which may be purchased separately for fieldinstallation. See page 236.

base with wood tiered cutlery divider drawer and roll trays24" wide

341/2"

24"

24"

See Price Book page 23.

B24RTWTCD

• Two roll trays standard.• Includes Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer.• Exterior WTCD box height is 3 3/4". Interior height

of top tier is 1 5/8" and height of bottom tier is1 3/8".

Wood Tiered Cutlery Divider Drawer is alsoavailable as an accessory for field installation.See pages 231 & 232.

Cabinet may accommodate up to four roll trays,which may be purchased separately for fieldinstallation. See page 236.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

90Effective October 2015

Page 98: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

pots and pans organizer base with drawer24", 30", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

24"

2"

341/2"

24"

24", 30", or 36"

2"

See Price Book page 23.

Single DoorB24PS L or RButt DoorsB24PSB30PSB36PS

• Cabinet has bottom roll tray with doublelid storage shelves above.

Place next to a range for easy access tocookware.

Base Pan Storage unit is also available as anaccessory for field installation. See page 233.

base pots and pans pullout24" wide

341/2"

24"

24"

2" 113/4"

11"

(front to back)

91/2"21"Shelf Depth

341/2"

24"

24"

11" or 179/16"

21"Shelf Depth(front to back)

91/2" or1113/16"

113/4" or 177/8"2" or313/16"

See Price Book page 24.

Single DoorBPPP24 L or RButt DoorsBPPP24

• Full extension slide out shelves pull outindependently.

• For full access from both sides of unit, donot install against a wall or next to deeperappliances and cabinets.

Place next to a range for easy access tocookware.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

91Effective October 2015

Page 99: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base with rollout tray divider12" or 15" wide

341/2"

24"

12"

73/4"

341/2"

24"

15"

103/4"

See Price Book page 24.

12" WideB12TDRO L or R15" WideB15TDRO L or R

• Tray divider utilizes QuietClose undermount guideswith bumpers for door protection.

• B12TDRO has three compartments.• B15TDRO has four compartments.

Locate near oven cabinet for quick access tobakeware.

Dividers are removable.

base with tray divider9" wide

341/2"

24"

9"

See Price Book page 24.

TD9 L or R

• Tray Divider is chrome.Tray Dividers are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 235.

Divider is removable for easy cleaning.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

92Effective October 2015

Page 100: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base with tray divider12" or 15" wide

24"

341/2"

12" or 15"

See Price Book page 24.

TD12 L or RTD15 L or R

• Tray Dividers are chrome.

Tray Dividers are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 235.

Dividers are removable for easy cleaning.

base full height with tray divider9" wide

341/2"

24"

9"

See Price Book page 24.

TD9FH L or R

• Tray Divider is chrome.Tray Dividers are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 235.

Divider is removable for easy cleaning.

base full height with tray divider12" or 15" wide

24"

341/2"

12" or 15"

See Price Book page 24.

TD12FH L or RTD15FH L or R

• Tray Dividers are chrome.

Tray Dividers are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 235.

Dividers are removable for easy cleaning.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

BASE

CABINETS

93Effective October 2015

Page 101: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

sink base24" wide

341/2"

24"

FP

24"

See Price Book page 0.

SB24 L or R

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up marker

and small fill stick.• FP = False Panel.

sink base24", 27", 30", 33", 36", 39", 42", 45", or 48" wide

341/2"

24"

FP

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

341/2"

24"

39", 42" or 45"

FP

FP

24"

341/2"

48"

FP

FP

See Price Book page 24.

Butt DoorsSB24SB27SB30SB33SB36Center StileSB39SB42SB45Butt DoorsSB48

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT** VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 30", 33", and 36" wide.**Only available on 24", 27", 30", 33", and 36" wide.

BASE

CABINETS

94Effective October 2015

Page 102: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

country sink base30", 33", 36", 39", 42", 45", or 48" wide

341/2"

131/2"

24"

30", 33", or 36"

341/2"

131/2"

24"

39", 42", or 45"

24"

341/2"

48"

131/2"

See Price Book page 24.

Butt DoorsCNTYSB30CNTYSB33CNTYSB36Center StileCNTYSB39CNTYSB42CNTYSB45Butt DoorsCNTYSB48

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• 13 1/2" panel can be trimmed up to 12".

Can also be used with commercial-stylecooktops.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 30", 33", and 36" wide.

BASE

CABINETS

95Effective October 2015

Page 103: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

sink base with tiltout tray24" wide

24"

24"

341/2"

See Price Book page 24.

SB24ST L or R

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small

touch-up marker and small fill stick.• Includes one tiltout tray.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

Tiltout Trays are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 234.

sink base with tiltout tray24" or 27" wide

24"

24" or 27"

341/2"

See Price Book page 24.

Butt DoorsSB24STSB27ST

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small

touch-up marker and small fill stick.• Includes one tiltout tray.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

Tiltout Trays are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 234.

sink base with tiltout trays30", 33", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 25.

Butt DoorsSB30STSB33STSB36ST

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small

touch-up marker and small fill stick.• Includes two tiltout trays.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

Tiltout Trays are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 234.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

96Effective October 2015

Page 104: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

sink base with tiltout trays39", 42", or 45" wide

24"

341/2"

39", 42", or 45"

See Price Book page 25.

Center StileSB39STSB42STSB45ST

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• Includes two tiltout trays.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

Tiltout Trays are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 234.

sink base with tiltout trays48" wide

24"

341/2"

48"

See Price Book page 25.

Butt DoorsSB48ST

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• Includes two tiltout trays.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

Tiltout Trays are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 234.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

97Effective October 2015

Page 105: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

sink base SuperCabinet™ with tiltout trays36" wide

24"

341/2"

36"

See Price Book page 25.

Butt DoorsSB36STS

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• Quarter Round Reversible Shelf for left or

right applications will be constructed from3/4" thick laminated furniture board.(Shelf shipped secure, can be positionedin left or right corner.)

• Each door features a chrome and woodtwo-tiered rack.

• Door rack width is 13 7/8".• Door rack depth is 3 1/2".• Includes two tiltout trays.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

Tiltout Trays are also available as an accessoryfor field installation. See page 234.

All load bearing surfaces meet KCMA standardsof 15 lbs. per square foot.

angled corner sink front bottom23 1/4" deep

36" or 42"

231/4"

See Price Book page 25.

ACSFB36ACSFB42

• 3/8" thick.• Cabinet bottom is sized for

use next to an adjacent wallor cabinet with flush ends.

Angled Corner Sink Front Bottoms are designedfor use with Angled Corner Sink Fronts.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓

BASE

CABINETS

98Effective October 2015

Page 106: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

angled corner sink front without sink floor36" wide

341/2"

36"

FP

Wall Width Frame Max. Sink Width Max. Sink DepthACSF36 36" x 36" 17" 25 3/4" 27 11/32"

See Price Book page 25.

ACSF36 L or R

• Toekick and toekick retainer shipunattached from the face frame.

• Edges beveled at 45°.• FP = False Panel.

For sufficient dishwasher door clearance andloading/unloading space, a 15" wide basecabinet is recommended for use between acorner sink base and dishwasher.

On Angled Corner Sink Fronts, maximum sinkwidths if cut-out is 4" back from face of frontframe.

Angled Corner Sink Front Bottom required forfield installation. Order separately. See page98.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

angled corner sink front without sink floor42" wide

341/2"

42"

FP

Wall Width Frame Max. Sink Width Max. Sink DepthACSF42 42" x 42" 25 1/2" 34 1/4" 27 11/32"

See Price Book page 25.

Butt DoorsACSF42

• Toekick and toekick retainer ship unattachedfrom the face frame.

• Edges beveled at 45°.• FP = False Panel.

For sufficient dishwasher door clearance andloading/unloading space, a 15" wide basecabinet is recommended for use between acorner sink base and dishwasher.

On Angled Corner Sink Fronts, maximum sinkwidths if cut-out is 4" back from face of frontframe.

Angled Corner Sink Front Bottom required forfield installation. Order separately. See page98.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

STD STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

STD STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

99Effective October 2015

Page 107: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

angled corner sink base36" wide

24"

341/2"

36"

FP

36"

Wall Width Frame Max. Sink Width Max. Sink DepthACS36 36" x 36" 17" 25 3/4" 27 11/32"

See Price Book page 25.

ACS36 L or R

17" or 211/4"

24" 24"

36"

299/16"

17 11/16"

271/2" or 313/4"

Top View

36"

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• Edges beveled at 45°.• FP = False Panel.

For sufficient dishwasher door clearance andloading/unloading space, a 15" wide basecabinet is recommended for use between acorner sink base and dishwasher.

On Angled Corner Sinks, maximum sink widthsif cut-out is 4" back from face of front frame.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

angled corner sink base42" wide

24"

341/2"

42"

FP

42"

Wall Width Frame Max. Sink Width Max. Sink DepthACS42 42" x 42" 25 1/2" 34 1/4" 27 11/32"

See Price Book page 25.

Butt DoorsACS42

251/2"

24" 24"

42" 42"

299/16"

17 11/16"

36"

Top View

• Mini Touch-Up Kit (MTUK) included.• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up

marker and small fill stick.• Edges beveled at 45°.• FP = False Panel.

For sufficient dishwasher door clearance andloading/unloading space, a 15" wide basecabinet is recommended for use between acorner sink base and dishwasher.

On Angled Corner Sinks, maximum sink widthsif cut-out is 4" back from face of front frame.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

100Effective October 2015

Page 108: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base corner cabinet

C

D

E

AdjacentCabinet

Clearance Base SquareCorner Cabinet

CA

Max. SpaceMin. Space

Wall

Wall

F

Cabinet

Cabi

net

3” Filler B

D

E

Void

Front View Top View

A B C D E* E FMin. Max. Max. Cabinet Full Overlay Partial Overlay Actual

Model Space Pull* Space Opening At Min. At Max. At Min. At Max. CabinetBC36 36" 6" 42" 7 1/2" 1 3/4" 7 3/4" 2 1/2" 8 1/2" 27"BC39 39" 4 1/2" 43 1/2" 9" 3 1/4" 7 3/4" 4" 8 1/2" 30"BC42 42" 6" 48" 13 1/2" 1 3/4" 7 3/4" 2 1/2" 8 1/2" 39"

*Minimum/maximum space between inside edge of door and face of filler/adjoining cabinet.If cabinet is pulled to maximum stated dimension, filler will need to be cleated for proper attachment.

BCs use the wall space the nomenclatureimplies and may be pulled up to 3" toaccommodate odd dimensions in a kitchen.Remember to use a 3" filler on adjoiningcabinets. The adjoining run of cabinets willcover the void. The L or R in the cabinetnomenclature indicates the location of the voidto ensure clearance, it is not recommended toplace BC cabinets next to a 27" deepappliance.

NOTE:Full overlay styles must be pulled an additional1 1/2" to ensure proper drawer/pull clearance.1 1/2" pull is not included in minimum andmaximum list.

base corner36", 39", 42", 45", or 48" wide

24"

341/2"

27", 30", 39", 42", or 45"

36", 39", 42", 45", or 48"

See Price Book page 25.

BC36 L or R (27" Wide)BC39 L or R (30" Wide)BC42 L or R (39" Wide)BC45 L or R (42" Wide)BC48 L or R (45" Wide)

• Includes one 3" filler, shipped unattached.• L or R indicates void. L (left) void shown.• Adjustable 15" deep shelf.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

101Effective October 2015

Page 109: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base lazy susan corner with full height door and lazy susan(with center hinged door)36" wide

341/2"

24"

36" 36"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 25.

BLS36 L or R36"

12"

24"

36"

24"

12"

43/4"

43/4"

91/8"

91/8"

123 /4"

Top View

• BLS36 L or R wall width is 36" x 36".• Cabinet is drum-shaped; adjoining

cabinets create sides.• Lazy Susan white plastic shelves are 28"

diameter with a chrome pole.• Drum diameter is 31 1/8" and composed

of 1/8" thick hardboard.• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

See Panels & Skins section for BLS BEP if usedat end of cabinet run.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of BLS.

diagonal base with full height door and lazy susan36" wide

24"

341/2"

36" 36"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 25.

DAB36S L or R

17"

24" 24"

271/2"

299/16"

36" 19

"36"

19"

Top View

• Uses two white 24" round plastic shelves on apole for all styles.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

102Effective October 2015

Page 110: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

diagonal base with full height door and super lazy susan36" wide

24"

36"

341/2"

24"

36"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 25.

DAB36SLS L or R

17"

24" 24"

271/2"

299/16"

36" 19

"36"

19"

Top View

• Features two 28" plywood revolving shelves with a1" plywood lip. Lower shelf is mounted to floor.Upper shelf is mounted to fixed shelf. Fixed shelf is3/4" thick laminated furniture board.

Due to fixed shelf mounting, shelves cannot beretrofitted.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

base easy reach33" or 36" wide

24"

33" or 36"

341/2"

33" or 36"

See Price Book page 25.

BER33 L or RBER36 L or R

33" or 36"

33" or36"

24"

24"

87/8"

9" or 12"

36" - 3

35 /8"

33" - 3

15 /8"

183 /8"

Top View

• BER33 L or R wall width is 33" x 33".• BER36 L or R wall width is 36" x 36".• Two adjustable crisscross shelves.• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of BER.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

103Effective October 2015

Page 111: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

asymmetrical base easy reach36" wide

24"

33" or 36"

341/2"

9" or 12"

33" or 36"

9" or 12"

See Price Book page 25.

BER3336 L or RBER3633 L or R (BER3633R Shown)

33" or 36"

33" or36"

24"

24"

87/8"

9" or 12"

36" - 3

35 /8"

33" - 3

15 /8"

183 /8"

Top View

• BER3336 L or R wall width is 33" x 36".• BER3633 L or R wall width is 36" x 33".• Legs at the front frames are 9" on 33" leg and 12"

on 36" leg.• Two adjustable crisscross shelves.• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of BER.

Nomenclature for asymmetrical cabinets readsas follows:First leg dimension refers to left side, secondleg dimension refers to right side (i.e. BER3336will have 33" left leg and a 36" right leg).

super lazy susan33" or 36" wide

24"

33" or 36" 33" or 36"

341/2"

9" or 12"

24"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 25.

SLS33 L or RSLS36 L or R

33" or 36"

33" or36"

24"

24"

87/8"

9" or 12"

36" - 3

35 /8"

33" - 3

15 /8"

183 /8"

Top View

• SLS33 L or R wall width is 33" x 33".• SLS36 L or R wall width is 36" x 36".• SLS33 Lazy Susans are 28" diameter.

SLS36 Lazy Susans are 32" diameter.• Features two plywood revolving shelves with a 1"

plywood lip. Lower shelf is mounted to floor. Uppershelf is mounted to fixed shelf. Fixed shelf is 3/4"thick laminated furniture board.

• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

Due to fixed shelf mounting, Super Lazy Susanshelves cannot be retrofitted.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of SLS.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

104Effective October 2015

Page 112: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

solid wood super lazy susan33" or 36" wide

24"

33" or 36" 33" or 36"

341/2"

9" or 12"

24"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 26.

SLSW33 L or RSLSW36 L or R

9" or 12"

33" or 36"

33"or

36"

24"

24"

87/8"

183 /8"

33"- 3

15 /8"

36"- 3

35 /8"

Top View

• SLSW33 L or R wall width is 33" x 33".• SLSW36 L or R wall width is 36" x 36".• SLSW33 Lazy Susans are 28" diameter.• SLSW36 Lazy Susans are 32" diameter.• Features two solid hardwood revolving shelves.

Lower shelf is mounted to floor. Upper shelf ismounted to fixed shelf. Fixed shelf is 3/4" thicklaminated furniture board.

• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

Due to fixed shelf mounting, Super Lazy Susanshelves cannot be retrofitted.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of SLS.

asymmetrical super lazy susan33" or 36" wide

24"

341/2"

33" 36"

9" 12"

24"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 26.

SLS3336 L or R (SLS3336L Shown)SLS3633 L or R

9" or 12"

33" or 36"

33"or

36"

24"

24"

87/8"

183 /8"

33"- 3

15 /8"

36"- 3

35 /8"

Top View

• Features two plywood revolving shelves with a 1"plywood lip. Lower shelf is mounted to floor. Uppershelf is mounted to fixed shelf. Fixed shelf is 3/4"thick laminated furniture board.

• SLS3336 L or R wall width is 33" x 36".• SLS3633 L or R wall width is 36" x 33".• Revolving shelf will be solid hardwood on a fixed

shelf.• All Asymmetrical Lazy Susan shelves are 28"

diameter.• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

Due to fixed shelf mounting, AsymmetricalSuper Lazy Susan shelves cannot be retrofitted.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of SLS.

Nomenclature for asymmetrical cabinets readsas follows:First leg dimension refers to left side, secondleg dimension refers to right side (i.e. SLS3336will have 33" left leg and a 36" right leg).

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

105Effective October 2015

Page 113: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

asymmetrical solid wood super lazy susan33" or 36" wide

24"

341/2"

33" 36"

9" 12"

24"

141/2"

10"

See Price Book page 26.

SLSW3336 L or RSLSW3633 L or R

9" or 12"

33" or 36"

33"or

36"

24"

24"

87/8"

183 /8"

33"- 3

15 /8"

36"- 3

35 /8"

Top View

• SLSW3336 L or R wall width is 33" x 36".• SLSW3633 L or R wall width is 36" x 33".• All Asymmetrical Super Susan shelves are 28"

diameter.• Features two solid hardwood revolving shelves.

Lower shelf is mounted to floor. Upper shelf ismounted to fixed shelf. Fixed shelf is 3/4" thicklaminated furniture board.

• Integrated QuietClose hinge not included.

Decorative hardware screws must becountersunk to prevent scratching of adjacentcabinets and face frame of SLS.

Nomenclature for asymmetrical cabinets readsas follows:First leg dimension refers to left side, secondleg dimension refers to right side (i.e.SLSW3336 will have 33" left leg and a 36"right leg).

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

106Effective October 2015

Page 114: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base transition cabinet12" wide

24"12"

12"

17"Diagonal Front Width

341/2"

See Price Book page 26.

BTC12LLBTC12RLBTC12LRBTC12RR

LL RR (shown)

LR RLHinging Options

24"

12"

12"

135°

45°

Top View

• One adjustable shelf.• Cabinets constructed with top.

Specify door hinging.

First letter refers to 24" deep side of thecabinet and the second letter indicates thehinge side of the door.

Full overlay styles use 38NPOHINGE. See page238.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHL*AUTHR* CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB* FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD**

RECTKALL**RECTKBK**

RECTKL**RECTKR** RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*FPEB and AUTHL/AUTHR only available on 12" deep side of cabinet.**RD available to 18". RECTKBK, RECTKL, and RECTKR cannot be ordered when RD is

specified. RECTKL and RECTKR cannot be specified on the same cabinet. RECTKALL is notavailable.

BASE

CABINETS

107Effective October 2015

Page 115: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

two drawer base18", 21", 24", 30", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

18", 21", 24", 30", or 36"

See Price Book page 26.

2DB182DB212DB242DB302DB36

• Exterior drawer box height is 10".

two drawer base with pegged dish organizer36" wide

341/2"

24"

36"

See Price Book page 26.

2DB36PDO

• Includes 3/8" thick removable pegged boardin top drawer.

• Exterior drawer box height is 10".• Includes eight wooden posts.

Drawer bottoms meet KCMA standards of 15lbs. per square feet.

Posts and pegged board are available asaccessories for field installation. See page 234.

two drawer base with roll tray24", 30", or 36" wide

341/2"

24"

24", 30", or 36"

See Price Book page 26.

2DB24RT2DB30RT2DB36RT

• Includes a roll tray above the top drawer box.• Exterior drawer box height is 6 3/8".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

108Effective October 2015

Page 116: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

two drawer base with roll tray and pegged dish organizer36" wide

341/2"

24"

36"

See Price Book page 26.

2DB36RTPDO

• Includes a roll tray above the top drawer box.• Includes 3/8" thick removable pegged board

in top drawer.• Exterior drawer box height is 6 3/8".• Includes eight wooden posts.

Place 2DB36RTPDO next to a dishwasher forconvenience.

Drawer bottoms meet KCMA standards of 15lbs. per square feet.

Posts and pegged board are available asaccessories for field installation. See page 234.

three drawer base12", 15", 18", or 21" wide

24"

341/2"

12", 15", 18", or 21"

See Price Book page 26.

3DB123DB153DB183DB21

• Exterior height for bottom two drawer boxes is6 3/8".

three drawer base24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide

24"

341/2"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 26.

3DB243DB273DB303DB333DB36

• Exterior height for bottom two drawer boxes is6 3/8".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide cabinets.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

109Effective October 2015

Page 117: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

four drawer base12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

24"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

341/2"

See Price Book page 26.

4DB124DB154DB184DB214DB24

• Exterior height for bottom drawer box is 6 3/8".

four drawer base with cutlery insert wood organizer15", 18", 21", or 24" wide

24"

341/2"

15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 27.

4DB15CIW4DB18CIW4DB21CIW4DB24CIW

• Includes Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer.• Exterior height for bottom drawer box is 6 3/8".

Cutlery Insert Wood Organizer is also availableas an accessory for field installation. See page231.

base wastebasket15" wide

341/2"

24"

15"

See Price Book page 27.

BWB15

• Door mounted zinc colored QuietClose guides with35 quart wastebasket inserted into solid woodsupport.

• Includes one 35 quart gray wastebasket and onetrash bag bin holder.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

110Effective October 2015

Page 118: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base wastebasket18" or 21" wide

24"

18" or 21"

341/2"

See Price Book page 27.

BWB18BWB21

• Door mounted zinc colored QuietClose guides with35 quart wastebaskets inserted into solid woodsupport.

• Includes two 35 quart gray wastebaskets.

base wastebasket full height15" or 18" wide

341/2"

24"

15" or 18"

See Price Book page 27.

BWB15FHBWB18FH

• Door mounted zinc colored QuietClose guides withone gray 50 quart wastebasket and one trash bagbin holder inserted into solid hardwood support.

base wastebasket full height21" wide

341/2"

24"

21"

See Price Book page 27.

BWB21FH

• Door mounted zinc colored QuietClose guides withtwo gray 50 quart wastebaskets inserted into solidhardwood support.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

111Effective October 2015

Page 119: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base wine cubby, 24" deep6" wide

6"

341/2"

51/8"

24"

41/2"OpeningWidth

OpeningHeight

See Price Book page 27.

BWC6

• Hardwood veneer on 3/4" furniture board core.• Vertical application only.• Frameless drilled and doweled construction.

This cabinet features flush end panels whichcannot be skinned.

base spice drawer, 24" deep6" wide

24"

6"

341/2"

See Price Book page 27.

BSD6

standardprofile

55/8"

3/4"

shakerprofile

55/8"

3/4"

• Frameless drilled and doweled construction.• Hardwood veneer on a 3/4" furniture board core.• Vertical application only.• Includes five 1/2" hardwood drawers with rabbet

joint, 21 13/16" deep.• Drawer opening is 4 1/2" wide x 5 1/8" high.• Slab drawer front is unique to item, and will not

match profile chosen.• All styles use standard drawer front profile except

Baden, Bensley, Draker, Costello, and Yuma, whichuse a shaker profile.

This cabinet features flush end panels whichcannot be skinned.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD*

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓

*RD only available in 3" increments down to 12".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

112Effective October 2015

Page 120: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base pantry pullout9" or 12" wide

24"

341/2"

9" or 12" InteriorWidths4" or 7"

PulloutInteriorDepth211/4"

See Price Book page 27.

BPP9BPP12

• All styles include a natural finish QuietClose woodpullout with adjustable shelves and chrome railsides.

base box column pullout, overlay3" or 6" wide

3" or 6"

23"

30"

PulloutInteriorDepth203/4"

InteriorWidths13/4" or 43/4"

See Price Book page 0.

OverlayBBCPO3OLBBCPO6OL

InstallationTop View

Overlay

• Top, back, and bottom are 3/4" Maple veneer plywood.• All styles include a natural finish QuietClose wood pullout

with adjustable shelves and chrome rail sides.• Overlay application includes full overlay filler.• Filler is included, but unattached.

Recommended to be installed between twocabinets. May be used at the end of the run ornext to an appliance when also using it inconjunction with a BEPWD or BEPLAM panel.See page 172.

For full access from both sides of unit, do notinstall against a wall or next to deeperappliances and cabinets.

Cannot be installed between cabinets withfurniture ends (either specified with FPEB or onopposite end panel of cabinets withAUTHL/AUTHR) or with flush ends standard.When installed next to a deeper cabinet, makesure sufficient clearance is allowed for pullout.

Toekick not included; must be built-up in thefield.

Decorative hardware required on base units.

Install unit before removing shipping brace andattaching filler.

In order to allow proper clearance foropening and closing, allow an additional1/8" space between adjacent cabinet faceframes. The 3" wide pullouts require 3 1/8"space and the 6" wide pullouts require6 1/8" space. Spacers are included with thepullouts to allow for proper installation.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALL*RECTKBK*

RECTKL*RECTKR* RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*RECTKALL, RECTKBK, RECTKL, and RECTKR not available on 9" wide cabinets.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

BASE

CABINETS

113Effective October 2015

Page 121: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base oven cabinet30" or 33" wide

30" or 33"

24"

3"

3"

9"

341/2"

11/2"

191/2"OpeningHeight

24", 27", or 30"Opening Width

Opening Maximum Opening MaximumModel Width Width Height HeightBO30 24" 28 1/2" 19 1/2" 27 1/2"BO33 27" 31 1/2" 19 1/2" 27 1/2"

See Price Book page 27.

BO30BO33

• Oven cabinet has laminated interior.

May not hold cooktop and slide-in ovencombination. Refer to cooktop and slide-in ovenmanufacturer specifications.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep cabinets (see page 237for details), but will not be included when depthis modified.

base microwave cabinet with drawer24" or 27" wide

21" or 24"Opening Width

24" or 27"

24"

341/2"

16"OpeningHeight

Opening Maximum Opening MaximumWidth Width Height Height

BMWD2434 21" 22 1/2" 16" 16"BMWD2734 24" 25 1/2" 16" 16"

See Price Book page 27.

BMWD2434BMWD2734

• Hardwood veneer on plywood with matchingveneer interior.

• Reinforced plywood floor.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

114Effective October 2015

Page 122: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base microwave cabinet with drawer30" wide

27"Opening Width

30"

24"

341/2"

17"OpeningHeight

21/2"

41/2"(Trimmable 3")

Opening Maximum Opening MaximumWidth Width Height Height

BMWD3034 27" 28 1/2" 17" 20"

See Price Book page 27.

BMWD3034

• Hardwood veneer on plywood with matchingveneer interior.

• Reinforced plywood floor.

base end cabinet24" wide

24" 24"

341/2"

183/8" 183/8"Diagonal Front Width

See Price Book page 27.

BEC24

24"

24"

24"

671/2°

183/8"

183 /8

"

671/2°

135°

Top View

• 24" from outside corner point to frame face.• Wall width is 24" x 24".• Cabinets constructed with top.• One adjustable shelf.• Cabinet may be installed against either end of a

run.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FD FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP P RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BASE

CABINETS

115Effective October 2015

Page 123: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – TALL CABINETS

Tall Cabinets with Shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Tall Cabinets with Roll Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Tall Appliance Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Tall Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Tall Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Embellishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Remember to apply an end panel skin to all tallcabinets when installing next to a base and awall cabinet to avoid notching the countertoparound the face frame.

Apply an end panel skin to create a flush endon the side of a tall cabinet if installed at theend of a run for ease of moulding installation.

Reduced Depth available to 6" on tall cabinetswithout drawers or roll trays. Reduced Depthavailable to 12" on tall cabinets with drawers orroll trays. Depths reduced to 6"-8" will notinclude toekick/pedestal.

Utility cabinets with depths of 12" or less mustbe installed to studs in wall or onto the end ofanother tall cabinet.

TALL CABINETS

Tall Cabinet Nomenclature

U248424}}}}

Cabinet TypeCabinet Width Cabinet Height Cabinet Depth

Construction Upgrade OptionsRefer to each grid for construction availability.

Upgrade Description

APC All Plywood ConstructionPE Plywood Ends

Custom Modification OptionsRefer to each grid for modification availability.

Mod. Description

AUTHL Authentic End - LeftAUTHR Authentic End - RightCBO Cabinet Box OnlyCCO Cabinet Case OnlyCFNTO Cabinet Front OnlyCFRMO Cabinet Frame OnlyCND Cabinet with No Door,

with Drawer

Mod. Description

EXL3 Extended Stile - LeftEXR3 Extended Stile - RightFPEB Furniture Plywood Ends

BothFTK Flush ToekickFTKAV Flush Toekick ArchFTKFV Flush Toekick Furniture

Mod. Description

MIP Matching InteriorPlywood

RD Reduced DepthRECTKL Recessed Toekick - LeftRECTKR Recessed Toekick - RightRT Installed Roll TrayVTK Void Toekick

✔ AvailableSTD Standard

Not Available

TALL

CABINETS

116Effective October 2015

Page 124: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 84" or 87" tall, 12" or 24" deep

12" or 24"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

15"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

84"or

87"

See Price Book page 27.

84" Tall, 12" DeepU128412 L or RU158412 L or RU188412 L or RU218412 L or RU248412 L or R84" Tall, 24" DeepU128424 L or RU158424 L or RU188424 L or RU218424 L or RU248424 L or R87" Tall, 12" DeepU128712 L or RU158712 L or RU188712 L or RU218712 L or RU248712 L or R87" Tall, 24" DeepU128724 L or RU158724 L or RU188724 L or RU218724 L or RU248724 L or R

• Four full depth adjustable shelves areincluded, but packaged separately.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT** VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.**Only available on 24" deep.

TALL

CABINETS

117Effective October 2015

Page 125: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 84" or 87" tall, 12" or 24" deep

15"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12" or 24"

84"or

87"

See Price Book page 28.

84" Tall, 12" Deep,Butt DoorsU248412U278412U308412U338412U36841284" Tall, 24" Deep,Butt DoorsU248424U278424U308424U338424U36842487" Tall, 12" Deep,Butt DoorsU248712U278712U308712U338712U36871287" Tall, 24" Deep,Butt DoorsU248724U278724U308724U338724U368724

• Four full depth adjustable shelves areincluded, but packaged separately.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 24" deep.

TALL

CABINETS

118Effective October 2015

Page 126: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 90" tall, 12" or 24" deep

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

90"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

12" or 24"

See Price Book page 28.

12" DeepU129012 L or RU159012 L or RU189012 L or RU219012 L or RU249012 L or R24" DeepU129024 L or RU159024 L or RU189024 L or RU219024 L or RU249024 L or R

• Five full depth adjustable shelves areincluded, but packaged separately.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

utility24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 90" tall, 12" or 24" deep

90"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12" or 24"

See Price Book page 28.

12" Deep, Butt DoorsU249012U279012U309012U339012U36901224" Deep, Butt DoorsU249024U279024U309024U339024U369024

• Five full depth adjustable shelves areincluded, but packaged separately.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT** VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available or 12" wide.**Only available on 24" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 24" deep.

TALL

CABINETS

119Effective October 2015

Page 127: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 93" tall, 12" or 24" deep

24" FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

93"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

12" or 24"

See Price Book page 28.

12" DeepU129312 L or RU159312 L or RU189312 L or RU219312 L or RU249312 L or R24" DeepU129324 L or RU159324 L or RU189324 L or RU219324 L or RU249324 L or R

• Five full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be covered withtoeboard material.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

utility24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 93" tall, 12" or 24" deep

93"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12" or 24"

See Price Book page 28.

12" Deep, Butt DoorsU249312U279312U309312U339312U36931224" Deep, Butt DoorsU249324U279324U309324U339324U369324

• Five full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be covered withtoeboard material.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 24" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 24" deep.

TALL

CABINETS

120Effective October 2015

Page 128: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 96" tall, 12" or 24" deep

27"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

96"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

12" or 24"

See Price Book page 28.

12" DeepU129612 L or RU159612 L or RU189612 L or RU219612 L or RU249612 L or R24" DeepU129624 L or RU159624 L or RU189624 L or RU219624 L or RU249624 L or R

• Six full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be covered withtoeboard material.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

utility24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 96" tall, 12" or 24" deep

96"

27"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

12" or 24"

See Price Book page 29.

12" Deep, Butt DoorsU249612U279612U309612U339612U36961224" Deep, Butt DoorsU249624U279624U309624U339624U369624

• Six full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be covered withtoeboard material.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two centerpanels with cross rail.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 24" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT* VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 24" deep.

TALL

CABINETS

121Effective October 2015

Page 129: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility with roll trays12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 84" or 87" tall, 24" deep

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

24"

15"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

84"or

87"

See Price Book page 30.

84" TallU128424RT L or RU158424RT L or RU188424RT L or RU218424RT L or RU248424RT L or R87" TallU128724RT L or RU158724RT L or RU188724RT L or RU218724RT L or RU248724RT L or R

• Four roll trays are included, installed incabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

utility with roll trays24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 84" or 87" tall, 24" deep

24"

15"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

84"or

87"

See Price Book page 30.

84" Tall, Butt DoorsU248424RTU278424RTU308424RTU338424RTU368424RT87" Tall, Butt DoorsU248724RTU278724RTU308724RTU338724RTU368724RT

• Four roll trays are included, installed incabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

TALL

CABINETS

122Effective October 2015

Page 130: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility with roll trays12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 90" tall, 24" deep

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

90"

24"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 31.

U129024RT L or RU159024RT L or RU189024RT L or RU219024RT L or RU249024RT L or R

• One full depth adjustable shelfincluded, but packaged separately.

• Four roll trays are included, installedin cabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

utility with roll trays24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 90" tall, 24" deep

24"

90"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 31.

Butt DoorsU249024RTU279024RTU309024RTU339024RTU369024RT

• One full depth adjustable shelf included,but packaged separately.

• Four roll trays are included, installed incabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

TALL

CABINETS

123Effective October 2015

Page 131: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility with roll trays12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 93" tall, 24" deep

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

93"

24"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 31.

U129324RT L or RU159324RT L or RU189324RT L or RU219324RT L or RU249324RT L or R

• One full depth adjustable shelf andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal isdesigned to create a Recessed Left orRight Toekick application during fieldinstallation, or can be centered.Pedestal must be covered withtoeboard material.

• Four roll trays are included, installedin cabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

utility with roll trays24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 93" tall, 24" deep

24"

93"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 31.

Butt DoorsU249324RTU279324RTU309324RTU339324RTU369324RT

• One full depth adjustable shelf andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal isdesigned to create a Recessed Left orRight Toekick application during fieldinstallation, or can be centered.Pedestal must be covered with toeboardmaterial.

• Four roll trays are included, installed incabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

TALL

CABINETS

124Effective October 2015

Page 132: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

utility with roll trays12", 15", 18", 21", or 24" wide, 96" tall, 24" deep

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

96"

24"

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

27"FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 31.

U129624RT L or RU159624RT L or RU189624RT L or RU219624RT L or RU249624RT L or R

• Two full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal isdesigned to create a Recessed Left orRight Toekick application during fieldinstallation, or can be centered.Pedestal must be covered with toeboardmaterial.

• Four roll trays are included, installed incabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

utility with roll trays24", 27", 30", 33", or 36" wide, 96" tall, 24" deep

96"

24"

27"FrameOpeningHeight

581/2"FrameOpeningHeight

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 31.

Butt DoorsU249624RTU279624RTU309624RTU339624RTU369624RT

• Two full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be coveredwith toeboard material.

• Four roll trays are included, installed incabinet.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have twocenter panels with cross rail.

Cabinet may accommodate up to nine rolltrays, which may be purchased separately forfield installation. See page 236.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

TALL

CABINETS

125Effective October 2015

Page 133: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

single oven cabinet84" or 87" tall, 24" deep

24"

84"or

87"

27", 30", or 33"

3"Stile

3"Stile

Max Cut-out251/2" x 431/2"(Shaded)

Toekick 41/2" Toekick 41/2" Toekick 41/2"

281/2"

21"

9"

15"

9"

Max Cut-out281/2" x 431/2"(Shaded)

24"

9"

15"

9"

281/2"

Max Cut-out311/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

27"

9"

281/2"

15"

9"

15" or 18"FrameOpeningHeight

15" or 18"FrameOpeningHeight

15" or 18"FrameOpeningHeight

OCS278424OCS278724

OCS308424OCS308724

OCS338424OCS338724

See Price Book page 31.

84" Tall, Butt DoorsOCS278424OCS308424OCS33842487" Tall, Butt DoorsOCS278724OCS308724OCS338724

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

126Effective October 2015

Page 134: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

single oven cabinet90" tall, 24" deep

90"

24"

27", 30", or 33"

3"Stile

3"Stile

OCS279024

21"

9"

91/2"

Toekick 41/2"

15"

281/2"

Max Cut-out251/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

OCS309024

24"

9"

91/2"

15"

281/2"

Max Cut-out281/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

OCS339024

27"

9"

281/2"

15"

91/2"

Max Cut-out311/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

Toekick 41/2" Toekick 41/2"

See Price Book page 31.

Butt DoorsOCS279024OCS309024OCS339024

• One full depth adjustable shelf included,but packaged separately.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

127Effective October 2015

Page 135: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

single oven cabinet93" tall, 24" deep

93"

24"

27", 30", or 33"

3"Stile

3"Stile

OCS279324

21"

9"

91/2"

Pedestal

15"

281/2"

OCS309324

Pedestal

24"

9"

91/2"

15"

281/2"

OCS339324

Pedestal

27"

9"

281/2"

15"

91/2"

Max Cut-out251/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

Max Cut-out281/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

Max Cut-out311/2" X 431/2"(Shaded)

24" FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 32.

Butt DoorsOCS279324OCS309324OCS339324

• One full depth adjustable shelf andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be coveredwith toeboard material.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

128Effective October 2015

Page 136: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

single oven cabinet96" tall, 24" deep

24"

27", 30", or 33"

96"

3"Stile

3"Stile

Max Cut-out251/2" x 431/2"(Shaded)

Max Cut-out281/2" x 431/2"(Shaded)

Max Cut-out311/2" x 431/2"(Shaded)

281/2"

21"

9"

15"

9"

Pedestal Pedestal Pedestal

OCS279624

281/2"

24"

9"

15"

9"

OCS309624

281/2"

9"

15"

9"

OCS339624

27"

27" FrameOpeningHeight

27" FrameOpeningHeight

27" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 32.

Butt DoorsOCS279624OCS309624OCS339624

• Two full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be coveredwith toeboard material.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

129Effective October 2015

Page 137: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

double oven cabinet84" or 87" tall, 24" deep

24"

27", 30", or 33"

3"Stile

3"Stile

84"or

87"

Max Cut-out251/2" x 60"(Shaded)

OCD278424OCD278724

Toekick 41/2"

39"

21"

9"

9"

Max Cut-out281/2" x 60"(Shaded)

OCD308424OCD308724

Toekick 41/2"

24"

9"

9"

39"

41/2"41/2"

Max Cut-out311/2" x 60"(Shaded)

OCD338424OCD338724

9"

27"

39"

9"

41/2"

Toekick 41/2"

15" or 18"FrameOpeningHeight

15" or 18"FrameOpeningHeight

15" or 18"FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 32.

84" Tall, Butt DoorsOCD278424OCD308424OCD33842487" Tall, Butt DoorsOCD278724OCD308724OCD338724

• For built-in double oven applications,remove drawer as needed.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

130Effective October 2015

Page 138: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

double oven cabinet90" tall, 24" deep

24"

27", 30", or 33"

3"Stile

3"Stile

90"

OCD339024

Toekick 41/2"

Max Cut-out311/2" x 60"(Shaded)

91/2"

39"

27"

9"

41/2"

Max Cut-out251/2" x 60"(Shaded)

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

OCD279024

41/2"

39"

21"

9"

91/2"

Toekick 41/2"

Max Cut-out281/2" x 60"(Shaded)

OCD309024

Toekick 41/2"

41/2"

39"

24"

9"

91/2"

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

201/2" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 32.

Butt DoorsOCD279024OCD309024OCD339024

• One full depth adjustable shelf included, butpackaged separately.

• For built-in double oven applications, removedrawer as needed.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2" wide.• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built into

your appliance by the manufacturer or installthe heat shield included with your appliance.Heat shields are sold separately as anaccessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

131Effective October 2015

Page 139: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

double oven cabinet93" tall, 24" deep

24"

27", 30", or 33"

3"Stile

3"Stile

93"

OCD339324

9"

39"

27"

9"

41/2"

Pedestal

Max Cut-out311/2" x 60"(Shaded)

OCD279324

41/2"

39"

21"

9"

9"

Pedestal

Max Cut-out251/2" x 60"(Shaded)

OCD309324

Pedestal

41/2"

39"

24"

9"

9"

Max Cut-out281/2" x 60"(Shaded)

24" FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

24" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 32.

Butt DoorsOCD279324OCD309324OCD339324

• One full depth adjustable shelf andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be coveredwith toeboard material.

• For built-in double oven applications,remove drawer as needed.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

132Effective October 2015

Page 140: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

double oven cabinet96" tall, 24" deep

24"

27", 30", or 33"

96"

3"Stile

3"Stile

Max Cut-out251/2" x 60"(Shaded)

Max Cut-out281/2" x 60"(Shaded)

Max Cut-out311/2" x 60"(Shaded)

41/2"

39"

21"

9"

9"

OCD309624 OCD339624OCD279624

24" 27"

Pedestal

9"

39"

9"

41/2"

Pedestal

9"

39"

9"

41/2"

Pedestal

27" FrameOpeningHeight

27" FrameOpeningHeight

27" FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 32.

Butt DoorsOCD279624OCD309624OCD339624

• Two full depth adjustable shelves andseparate pedestal base included, butpackaged separately. Pedestal is designedto create a Recessed Left or Right Toekickapplication during field installation, or canbe centered. Pedestal must be coveredwith toeboard material.

• For built-in double oven applications,remove drawer as needed.

• Full overlay styles feature concealed facemount QuietClose hinges.

• All top and bottom cross rails are 1 1/2"wide.

• All toekick areas are 4 1/2" high.• All cabinets have 3" stiles on frame.• Be sure to confirm a heat shield is built

into your appliance by the manufactureror install the heat shield included withyour appliance. Heat shields are soldseparately as an accessory.

For built-in appliance support, OCINSTALLKIT isincluded in 24" deep oven cabinets.

Oven cabinet cut-out is shaded in gray and iscut out on job site.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV MIP RD*

RECTKLRECTKR RT VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Oven install kit will not be included when depth is modified.

TALL

CABINETS

133Effective October 2015

Page 141: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – OFFICE CABINETRY

Wall Bookcase Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

Desk Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Desk Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Desk Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Embellishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

All bookcase shelves are 3/4" thick plywoodwith 1 1/2" tall solid wood rail attached.

OFFICE CABINETRY

Office Cabinetry Nomenclature

Cabinet TypeW1848BCFV}}

Cabinet Width Cabinet Height}

Construction Upgrade OptionsRefer to each grid for construction availability.

Upgrade Description

APC All Plywood ConstructionPE Plywood Ends

Custom Modification OptionsRefer to each grid for modification availability.

Mod. Description

ADDTK Add ToekickAUTHL Authentic End - LeftAUTHR Authentic End - RightCBO Cabinet Box OnlyCCO Cabinet Case OnlyCFNTO Cabinet Front OnlyCFP Cabinet False PanelCFRMO Cabinet Frame OnlyCND Cabinet with No Door,

with Drawer

Mod. Description

EXL3 Extended Stile - LeftEXR3 Extended Stile - RightFPEB Furniture Plywood Ends

BothFTK Flush ToekickFTKAV Flush Toekick ArchFTKFV Flush Toekick FurnitureID Increased DepthMIP Matching Interior Plywood

Mod. Description

RD Reduced DepthRECTKALL Recessed Toekick - IslandRECTKBK Recessed Toekick - BackRECTKL Recessed Toekick - LeftRECTKR Recessed Toekick - RightVTK Void Toekick

✔ AvailableSTD Standard

Not Available

OFFICE

CABINETRY

134Effective October 2015

Page 142: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall bookcase with furniture valance48", 51", 54", 57", 60", or 66" high, 12" deep

18", 24", 30", or 36"

12"

18"

30"33"or

36"

48"51"or

54"

18", 24", 30", or 36"

12"

57"60"or

66"

18"

39"42"or

48"

48" HighW1848BCFVW2448BCFVW3048BCFVW3648BCFV51" HighW1851BCFVW2451BCFVW3051BCFVW3651BCFV54" HighW1854BCFVW2454BCFVW3054BCFVW3654BCFV

57" HighW1857BCFVW2457BCFVW3057BCFVW3657BCFV60" HighW1860BCFVW2460BCFVW3060BCFVW3660BCFV66" HighW1866BCFVW2466BCFVW3066BCFVW3666BCFV

• 48", 51", and 54" high have two adjustable shelves and onefixed shelf.

• 57", 60", and 66" high have three adjustable shelves and onefixed shelf.

• Ends, tops, bottoms, and backs are hardwood veneer plywood.• Face frame has a profiled inside edge.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHL*AUTHR* CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD**

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓

*Not available on 66" high.**Available to 9".

OFFICE

CABINETRY

135Effective October 2015

Page 143: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall bookcase with straight valance48", 51", 54", 57", 60", or 66" high, 12" deep

18", 24", 30", or 36"

12"

18"

30"33"or

36"

48"51"or

54"

18", 24", 30", or 36"

12"

57"60"or

66"

18"

39"42"or

48"

48" HighW1848BCVVW2448BCVVW3048BCVVW3648BCVV51" HighW1851BCVVW2451BCVVW3051BCVVW3651BCVV54" HighW1854BCVVW2454BCVVW3054BCVVW3654BCVV

57" HighW1857BCVVW2457BCVVW3057BCVVW3657BCVV60" HighW1860BCVVW2460BCVVW3060BCVVW3660BCVV66" HighW1866BCVVW2466BCVVW3066BCVVW3666BCVV

• 48", 51", and 54" high have two adjustable shelves and onefixed shelf.

• 57", 60", and 66" high have three adjustable shelves and onefixed shelf.

• Ends, tops, bottoms, and backs are hardwood veneer plywood.• Face frame has a profiled inside edge.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHL*AUTHR* CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD**

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓

*Not available on 66" high.**Available to 9".

OFFICE

CABINETRY

136Effective October 2015

Page 144: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

desk door drawer base29" high, 21" deep

21"

29"

12", 15", 18", or 21"

See Price Book page 33.

DDO122921 L or RDDO152921 L or RDDO182921 L or RDDO212921 L or R

Standard toekick height is 4 1/2" tall which willalign with standard base cabinets.

desk door drawer base29" high, 21" deep

21"

29"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 33.

Butt DoorsDDO242921DDO302921DDO362921

Standard toekick height is 4 1/2" tall which willalign with standard base cabinets.

desk drawer base29" high, 21" deep

21"

29"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 34.

DDR122921DDR152921DDR182921DDR212921DDR242921

Standard toekick height is 4 1/2" tall which willalign with standard base cabinets.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

OFFICE

CABINETRY

137Effective October 2015

Page 145: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

desk file drawer base29" high, 21" deep

21"

29"

15" or 18"

See Price Book page 34.

21" DeepDFD152921DFD182921

• Door is attached to file drawer.• Includes Filing System Hardware Kit (FSHK).

Accommodates letter and legal filing.• Exterior height of file drawer is 10".

Standard toekick height is 4 1/2" tall which willalign with standard base cabinets.

under counter drawer4 3/4" high, 21" deep

43/4"

24" or 27"

23/4"FrameOpeningHeight

21"

30" or 36"

43/4"

23/4"FrameOpeningHeight

21"

See Price Book page 39.

21" DeepUCD2421UCD272121" Deep, Double DrawerUCD3021UCD3621

• Drawer box within cabinet is 2" high (outsidedimension).

• Not trimmable.• Drawer front is 3/4" slab front.• The frame to end panel offset is 3/4" which is

designed to accommodate the vanity desk leg.• Standard end panels will have non-matching

laminate exterior. When ordered in PE or APC, endpanels will not be finished.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD*

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available to 18" depth.

OFFICE

CABINETRY

138Effective October 2015

Page 146: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

furniture drawer window bench18" high, 24" deep

24"

18"

15", 18", 21", 24",27", 30", or 36"

See Price Book page 34.

FDWB151824FDWB181824FDWB211824FDWB241824FDWB271824FDWB301824FDWB361824

• Drawer front to face frame reveal is justified to thebottom to be consistent with both full overlay andpartial overlay. Partial overlay top reveal is 2 5/8"and bottom reveal is 1". Full overlay top reveal is1 7/8" and bottom reveal is 1/4".

• Exterior height of drawer box is 6 3/8".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PESTD

Custom Modification Options

ADDTKAUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

OFFICE

CABINETRY

139Effective October 2015

Page 147: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – VANITY CABINETS

32" High False Panel Vanity Sink Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

34 1/2" High False Panel Vanity Sink Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

32" High Vanity Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

34 1/2" High Vanity Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

32" High Vanity Drawer Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

34 1/2" High Vanity Drawer Base Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Vanity Tall Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Vanity Wall Cabinets and Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Vanity Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Embellishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Standard vanity toekick is 4 1/2" tall, which willalign with base cabinets.

Add decorative feet or flush or furniture toekickto vanity cabinets to create a custom look. Seepages 214-216 for decorative feet offering.

Distance between back of drawer box and backinterior of cabinet is 2 3/4".

TOEKICKSVanity cabinets are shipped with an unfinishedtoekick. Finished toekicks in matching woodveneer or laminate must be ordered separatelyand field installed.

VANITY CABINETS

Vanity Cabinet Nomenclature

Cabinet Type Cabinet DepthVSB243218} } }

Cabinet Width Cabinet Height

}Door Options

Refer to each grid for door availability.Option Description

CG Cut for GlassMD Mullion

Construction Upgrade OptionsRefer to each grid for construction availability.Upgrade Description

APC All Plywood ConstructionPE Plywood Ends

Custom Modification OptionsRefer to each grid for modification availability.

Mod. Description

AUTHL Authentic End - LeftAUTHR Authentic End - RightCBO Cabinet Box OnlyCCO Cabinet Case OnlyCFNTO Cabinet Front OnlyCFP Cabinet False PanelCFRMO Cabinet Frame OnlyCMAT CabMat™CND Cabinet with No Door,

with Drawer

Mod. Description

EXL3 Extended Stile - LeftEXR3 Extended Stile - RightFPEB Furniture Plywood Ends

BothFTK Flush ToekickFTKAV Flush Toekick ArchFTKFV Flush Toekick FurnitureID Increased DepthMIP Matching Interior

Plywood

Mod. Description

RD Reduced DepthRECTKALL Recessed Toekick - IslandRECTKBK Recessed Toekick - BackRECTKL Recessed Toekick - LeftRECTKR Recessed Toekick - RightVTK Void Toekick

✔ AvailableSTD Standard

Not Available

VANITY

CABINETS

140Effective October 2015

Page 148: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink base, single door with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

32"

18" or 21"

FP

24"

See Price Book page 34.

18" DeepVSB243218 L or R21" DeepVSB243221 L or R

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

32"

18" or 21"

FP

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

See Price Book page 34.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB243218VSB273218VSB303218VSB333218VSB36321821" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB243221VSB273221VSB303221VSB333221VSB363221

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on VSB243221 L or R.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

VANITY

CABINETS

141Effective October 2015

Page 149: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

42" or 45"

FP

FP

See Price Book page 34.

18" Deep, Center StileVSB423218VSB45321821" Deep, Center StileVSB423221VSB453221

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

32"

48", 54", or 60"

FP

FP

18" or 21"

See Price Book page 34.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB483218VSB543218VSB60321821" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB483221VSB543221VSB603221

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base, single door with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

341/2"

18" or 21"

24"

FP

See Price Book page 35.

18" DeepVSB243418 L or R21" DeepVSB243421 L or R

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on VSB243421 L or R.

VANITY

CABINETS

142Effective October 2015

Page 150: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

341/2"

18" or 21"

24", 27", 30", 33", or 36"

FP

See Price Book page 35.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB243418VSB273418VSB303418VSB333418VSB36341821" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB243421VSB273421VSB303421VSB333421VSB363421

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

341/2"

18" or 21"

FP

FP

42" or 45"

See Price Book page 35.

18" Deep, Center StileVSB423418VSB45341821" Deep, Center StileVSB423421VSB453421

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

143Effective October 2015

Page 151: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

341/2"

FP

FP

48", 54", or 60"

See Price Book page 35.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB483418VSB543418VSB60341821" Deep, Butt DoorsVSB483421VSB543421VSB603421

• FP = False Panel.

vanity base, single door with drawer32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 35.

18" DeepVB123218 L or RVB153218 L or RVB183218 L or RVB213218 L or RVB243218 L or R21" DeepVB123221 L or RVB153221 L or RVB183221 L or RVB213221 L or RVB243221 L or R

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

VANITY

CABINETS

144Effective October 2015

Page 152: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity base, double door with drawer32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

24"

See Price Book page 35.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVB24321821" Deep, Butt DoorsVB243221

vanity base, single door with drawer34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

341/2"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

See Price Book page 36.

18" DeepVB123418 L or RVB153418 L or RVB183418 L or RVB213418 L or RVB243418 L or R21" DeepVB123421 L or RVB153421 L or RVB183421 L or RVB213421 L or RVB243421 L or R

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

VANITY

CABINETS

145Effective October 2015

Page 153: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity base, double door with drawer34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

341/2"

24"

See Price Book page 36.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVB24341821" Deep, Butt DoorsVB243421

vanity drawer base32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

18" DeepVDB123218VDB153218VDB183218VDB213218VDB243218

21" DeepVDB123221VDB153221VDB183221VDB213221VDB243221

vanity drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

341/2"

See Price Book page 36.

18" DeepVDB123418VDB153418VDB183418VDB213418VDB243418

21" DeepVDB123421VDB153421VDB183421VDB213421VDB243421

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

VANITY

CABINETS

146Effective October 2015

Page 154: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity four drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

341/2"

See Price Book page 36.

18" Deep4VDB1234184VDB1534184VDB1834184VDB2134184VDB243418

21" Deep4VDB1234214VDB1534214VDB1834214VDB2134214VDB243421

vanity sink drawer base32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

36"

FP

6"

21"6"

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD36321821" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD363221

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

42"

FP

9"

21"9"

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Center Stile2VSD42321821" Deep, Center Stile2VSD423221

• 42" wide cabinets have 21" wide spacebetween drawers for sink.

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAV*FTKFV* ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 12" wide.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

147Effective October 2015

Page 155: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink drawer base32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

48"

FP

21"

12"

12"

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD48321821" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD483221

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base32" high, 18" or 21" deep

27"

12"

12"54"

18" or 21"

32"

FP

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD543218FP21" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD543221FP

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base32" high, 18" or 21" deep

30"

12"

12"

18" or 21"

32"

57"60"

FP

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD57/603218FP21" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD57/603221FP

• Stiles may be trimmed 1 1/2" perside.

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

VANITY

CABINETS

148Effective October 2015

Page 156: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

341/2"

18" or 21"

36"

FP

6"

21"6"

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD36341821" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD363421

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

341/2"

18" or 21"

42"

FP

9"

21"9"

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Center Stile2VSD42341821" Deep, Center Stile2VSD423421

• 42" wide cabinets have 21" wide spacebetween drawers for sink.

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

341/2"

48"

FP

21"

12"

12"

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD48341821" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD483421

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

VANITY

CABINETS

149Effective October 2015

Page 157: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

27"

12"

12"

18" or 21"

341/2"

54"

FP

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD543418FP21" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD543421FP

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

341/2"

60"

30"

57"

12"

12"

FP

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD57/603418FP21" Deep, Butt Doors2VSD57/603421FP

• Stiles may be trimmed 1 1/2" perside.

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

32"

18" or 21"

9"FrameOpening

FP

24" or 30"

See Price Book page 37.

18" DeepVSD243218FP DL or DRVSD303218FP DL or DR21" DeepVSD243221FP DL or DRVSD303221FP DL or DR

• DL or DR indicates drawer location (DL shown).• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

150Effective October 2015

Page 158: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink drawer base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

9"FrameOpening

18" or 21"

32"

36"

FP

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD363218FP DL or DR21" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD363221FP DL or DR

• DL or DR indicates drawer location (DLshown).

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

9"FrameOpening

42" or 48"

18" or 21"

32"

FP

See Price Book page 37.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD423218FP DL or DRVSD483218FP DL or DR21" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD423221FP DL or DRVSD483221FP DL or DR

• DL or DR indicates drawer location(DL shown).

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base with false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

60"

15"FrameOpening

FPFP

FP

FP

See Price Book page 38.

18" Deep, Center DrawersVSD603218FP21" Deep, Center DrawersVSD603221FP

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

151Effective October 2015

Page 159: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink drawer base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

FP

9"FrameOpening

18" or 21"

341/2"

24" or 30"

See Price Book page 38.

18" DeepVSD243418FP DL or DRVSD303418FP DL or DR21" DeepVSD243421FP DL or DRVSD303421FP DL or DR

• DL or DR indicates drawer location (DL shown).• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

9"FrameOpening

18" or 21"

341/2"

FP

36"

See Price Book page 38.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD363418FP DL or DR21" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD363421FP DL or DR

• DL or DR indicates drawer location (DLshown).

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink drawer base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

9"FrameOpening

18" or 21"

341/2"

42" or 48"

FP

See Price Book page 38.

18" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD423418FP DL or DRVSD483418FP DL or DR21" Deep, Butt DoorsVSD423421FP DL or DRVSD483421FP DL or DR

• DL or DR indicates drawer location (DLshown).

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

VANITY

CABINETS

152Effective October 2015

Page 160: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink drawer base with false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

341/2"

60"

15"FrameOpening

FP

FP

FP

See Price Book page 38.

18" Deep, Center DrawersVSD603418FP21" Deep, Center DrawersVSD603421FP

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base with three drawers32" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

32"

54" or 60"

9" or 15"FrameOpening

FP

FP

21"

21"

See Price Book page 38.

18" DeepVS3D543218VS3D60321821" DeepVS3D543221VS3D603221

• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base with three drawers34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

54" or 60"

9" or 15"FrameOpening

FP

FP

21"

21"

341/2"

See Price Book page 38.

18" DeepVS3D543418VS3D60341821" DeepVS3D543421VS3D603421

• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ STD ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

VANITY

CABINETS

153Effective October 2015

Page 161: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity sink base with six drawers and false panel32" high, 18" or 21" deep

27"

18" or 21"

32"

FP

48", 54", 57", or 60"

9" or 15"

9" or 15"

9" or 15"FrameOpening

9" or 15"FrameOpening

See Price Book page 38.

18" Deep, Butt Doors6VSD483218FP6VSD543218FP6VSD573218FP6VSD603218FP21" Deep, Butt Doors6VSD483221FP6VSD543221FP6VSD573221FP6VSD603221FP

• 6VSD48 drawer stacks are 12" wide.• 6VSD54 drawer stacks are 15" wide.• 6VSD57 drawer stacks are 15" wide.• 6VSD60 drawer stacks are 18" wide.• FP = False Panel.

vanity sink base with six drawers and false panel34 1/2" high, 18" or 21" deep

18" or 21"

27"

341/2"

FP

48", 54", 57", or 60"

9" or 15"

9" or 15"

9" or 15"FrameOpening

9" or 15"FrameOpening

See Price Book page 0.

18" Deep, Butt Doors6VSD483418FP6VSD543418FP6VSD573418FP6VSD603418FP21" Deep, Butt Doors6VSD483421FP6VSD543421FP6VSD573421FP6VSD603421FP

• 6VSD48 drawer stacks are 12" wide.• 6VSD54 drawer stacks are 15" wide.• 6VSD57 drawer stacks are 15" wide.• 6VSD60 drawer stacks are 18" wide.• FP = False Panel.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT* CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

*Not available on 18" deep.

VANITY

CABINETS

154Effective October 2015

Page 162: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

under counter drawer4 3/4" high, 21" deep

43/4"

24" or 27"

23/4"FrameOpeningHeight

21"

See Price Book page 39.

21" DeepUCD2421UCD2721

• Drawer box within cabinet is 2" high (outsidedimension).

• Not trimmable.• Drawer front is 3/4" slab front.• The frame to end panel offset is 3/4" which is

designed to accommodate the vanity desk leg.• Standard construction end panels will feature non-

matching laminate exterior. When ordered in PE orAPC, end panels will not be finished.

under counter drawer4 3/4" high, 21" deep

30" or 36"

43/4"

23/4"FrameOpeningHeight

21"

See Price Book page 39.

21" Deep,Double DrawerUCD3021UCD3621

• Drawer box within cabinet is 2" high (outsidedimension).

• Not trimmable.• Drawer front is 3/4" slab front.• The frame to end panel offset is 3/4" which is

designed to accommodate the vanity desk leg.• Standard construction end panels will feature non-

matching laminate exterior. When ordered in PE orAPC, end panels will not be finished.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

155Effective October 2015

Page 163: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity desk leg

9"

29"or

32"

43/4"

21"

Grain

See Price Book page 39.

29" HighVDL2129WD32" HighVDL2132WD

• 3/4" thick veneered plywood.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

special size vanity32" high, 16" deep

32"

16"

18"

See Price Book page 39.

MV183216 L or R

• MV = Mini Vanity.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

156Effective October 2015

Page 164: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

linen closet84" high, 21" deep

21"

84"

18"

461/2"FrameOpeningHeight

27"FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 39.

LC188421 L or R

• Upper section features a 5" deep chrome doorrack.

• 15" deep adjustable shelves indicated by lightdotted lines are included, packaged separately.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two center panelswith cross rail.

Recommended for use with 34 1/2" highcabinets (bottom door will align with top ofdrawer front or top of full-height door).

linen closet with removable hamper84" high, 21" deep

21"

84"

18"

461/2"FrameOpeningHeight

27"FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 39.

LCRH188421 L or R

• Upper section features a 5" deep chrome doorrack.

• 15" deep adjustable shelves indicated by lightdotted lines are included, packaged separately.

• Includes full extension removable chrome pullouthamper with removable cloth liner.

• Hamper size is 19 3/8" high x 14 3/4" wide x 18"deep.

• Tall non-mitered doors will have two center panelswith cross rail.

Recommended for use with 34 1/2" highcabinets (bottom door will align with top ofdrawer front or top of full-height door).

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

157Effective October 2015

Page 165: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity utility84" high, 21" deep

84"

21"

18"

241/2"FrameOpeningHeight

201/2"FrameOpeningHeight

241/2"FrameOpeningHeight

See Price Book page 39.

VU188421 L or R

• Lower door section is drilled to acceptadjustable shelf.

• Shelves indicated by light dotted lines areincluded, packaged separately.

• Shelves indicated by solid lines are fixed.

Recommended for use with 34 1/2" highcabinets (bottom door will align with top ofdrawer front or top of full-height door).

vanity wall towel bar36" high, 9" deep

36"

9"251/2"

See Price Book page 39.

Butt DoorsVWTB24

9"InteriorDepth 8"

251/2"

Top View

• Includes two adjustable interior shelves, one fixedshelf, and towel rack underneath.

• Cabinet features factory applied 3/4" matchingveneer over furniture board core end panels.

• Interior cabinet case has plywood end panels.• When ordered in APC, back, top, bottom, and

adjustable shelves are plywood.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MD✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ STD

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

158Effective October 2015

Page 166: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity wall30" high, 6" deep

30"

6"

24"

30"

6"

24"

See Price Book page 39.

Single DoorW24306 L or RButt DoorsW24306

vanity wall mirror30" high, 4 9/16" deep

30"

49/16"

18" or 24"

49/16"

30", 36", or 42"

30"

See Price Book page 39.

Single DoorVWM1830 L or RVWM2430 L or RButt DoorsVWM3030VWM3630VWM4230

• Standard with CG doors and installed mirror glass.• Unit intended to be surface mounted. Features

standard 1/4" face frame reveal on ends.

Door Options

CG MD✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Door Options

CG MDSTD

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ ✓

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

159Effective October 2015

Page 167: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

vanity mirror35" high, 21", 27", or 33" wide

35"

211/4", 271/4",or 331/4"

23/8"

11/2" 191/2", 251/2",or 311/2"

18", 24",or 30"

3/4"

See Price Book page 39.

VM2135VM2735VM3335

• Visible dimensions of the mirror:VM2135 - 12 15/16" x 26 15/16"VM2735 - 18 15/16" x 26 15/16"VM3335 - 24 15/16" x 26 15/16"

• Available in Cherry and Maple.• Installed mirror has beveled edge.• Includes two installed metal hanging

hooks on back.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Moulding included on vanity mirror is not astandard moulding. SWLCRM8 is similar.

single door medicine cabinet26 7/8" high, 4 9/16" deep

267/8"

49/16"

16"

Cabinet Dimensions Cut-Out DimensionsWidth Height Depth Width Height Depth

MC16 15 3/4" 26 7/8" 4 9/16" 14 7/16" 25 5/8" 4"

See Price Book page 39.

MC16

• Cabinet has wood frame.• Door of cabinet is glass mirror.• Unit can be surface mounted or

recessed.• Matching cabinet doors not available.• 1/2" plywood ends, tops, and bottoms.• Finished exterior.• Natural Maple laminate interior. White

styles have White interior.• 3/4" laminated furniture board shelves.• Face frame has a profiled inside and

outside edge.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

APC PE✓ STD

Custom Modification Options

AUTHLAUTHR CBO CCO CFNTO CFP CFRMO CMAT CND

EXL3EXR3 FPEB FTK

FTKAVFTKFV ID MIP RD

RECTKALLRECTKBK

RECTKLRECTKR VTK

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

VANITY

CABINETS

160Effective October 2015

Page 168: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

BATHROOM CLEARANCE GUIDELINES

clear space

Recommended

Minimum

30"30"

21"21"

21"

30"

Recommended Recommended

MinimumMinimum

RECOMMENDED:Plan a clear floor space of at least 30" from thefront edge of all fixtures (i.e., lavatory, toilet,and tub) to any opposite bath fixture, wall orobstacle.

GUIDELINES:• A minimum space of at least 21" must be

planned in front of lavatory, toilet, and tub.(IRC R 307.1)

• A minimum space of at least 24" must beplanned in front of a shower entry. (IRC P2705.1.5)

single lavatory placement

Recommended

MinimumMinimum

20"

15" 4"

RECOMMENDED:The distance from the centerline of the lavatoryto the sidewall/tall obstacle should be at least20".

GUIDELINES:• The minimum distance from the centerline of

the lavatory to a wall is 15". (IPC 405.3.1)• The minimum distance between a wall and

the edge of a freestanding or wall-hunglavatory is 4". (IRC R 307.2)

double lavatory placement

Recommended Minimum

36" 4"

RECOMMENDED:The distance between the centerlines of twolavatories should be at least 36".

GUIDELINES:• The minimum distance between the

centerlines of two lavatories should be atleast 30". (IPC 405.3.1)

• The minimum distance between the edges oftwo freestanding or wall-hung lavatories is4". (IRC R 307.1)

toilet placement

Recommended Minimum

18" 18" 15" 15"

To view a complete and updated list of the NKBA Guidelines, visithttp://www.nkba.org/guidelines/default.aspx© Copyright 2007 National Kitchen & Bath Association

RECOMMENDED:The distance from the centerline of toilet to anybath fixture, wall or other obstacle should be atleast 18".

GUIDELINES:• A minimum distance of 15" is required from

the centerline of toilet to any bath fixture,wall or other obstacle. (IRC R 307.2, IRC P2705.1.5, IPC 405.3.1)

VANITY

CABINETS

161Effective October 2015

Page 169: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – FILLERS & PANELS

Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Box Column Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166

End Panel Skins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Back Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

End Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

End Panel with Filler Attached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Decorative Door End Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

specie availability

Specie Availability charts list the availability of each product code by specie and any substitutions thatare made. Exceptions within a section are noted below the specie availability chart.

For panels with doors and/or fillers attached, specie availability is shown for the panel and filler only.

For Specie Availability, look for this chart throughout.

FILLERS

3" wide filler3"

3/4"

30", 33"36", 39"

42" 791/2"821/2"851/2"881/2"911/2"

or96"

See Price Book page 40.

F330F333F336F339F342

TF384†

TF387†

TF390†

TF393†

TF396†

TF396FH†

• Finished on front and all edges. Back is not finished.†5 day Express Response not available.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

FILLERS

162Effective October 2015

Page 170: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

3" wide corner filler

3"

30"

3"

3/4"

See Price Book page 40.

CF330

• Finished on front and all edges. Back is notfinished.

6" wide filler

6"

3/4"

30", 33"36", 39"

42"791/2"821/2"851/2"881/2"911/2"

or96"

See Price Book page 40.

F630F633F636F639F642

TF684TF687TF690TF693TF696TF696FH

• Finished on front and all edges. Back is not finished.

space filler3/4"

96"

1/4" or 1/2"

See Price Book page 40.

S96X14 (1/4" Thick)S96X12 (1/2" Thick)

• Finished on front and all edges. Back is notfinished.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

FILLERS

163Effective October 2015

Page 171: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

overlay filler2 1/2" wide

21/2"

3/4"

111/2"141/2"171/2"201/2"

23"27"

28" or 291/2"31" or 321/2"34" or 351/2"37" or 381/2"40" or 411/2"

79"82"85"88"

or91"

See Price Book page 40.

Item HeightOL312 11 1/2"OL315 14 1/2"OL318 17 1/2"OL321 20 1/2"OL323.5 23"OL327.5 27"OL330† 28" or 29 1/2"OL333† 31" or 32 1/2"OL336† 34" or 35 1/2"

Item HeightOL339† 37" or 38 1/2"OL342† 40" or 41 1/2"OL384 79"OL387 82"OL390 85"OL393 88"OL396 91"

• All overlay fillers available in full overlay door styles.OL330, OL333, OL336, OL339, and OL342 are alsoavailable in partial overlay door styles.

• Overlays match door profile and thickness.• See page 5 for full overlay styles.• Finished on front and all edges. Back is not finished.†Overlays for partial overlay door styles will match partialoverlay door height.

Overlay Fillers are designed to end into wall orBlind Panel if trimmed.

2 1/2" wide Overlay Fillers can be applied toWall Message Center cabinet to create acustom finished look.

When designing with full overlay door styles,apply full overlay fillers onto corner fillers.

overlay filler5 1/2" wide

51/2"

3/4"

291/2"321/2"351/2"381/2"411/2"

79"82"85"88"

or91"

See Price Book page 0.

Item HeightOL630 29 1/2"OL633 32 1/2"OL636 35 1/2"OL639 38 1/2"OL642 41 1/2"OL684 79"OL687 82"OL690 85"OL693 88"OL696 91"

• Full overlay styles only.• Overlays match door profile and thickness.• See page 5 for full overlay styles.• Finished on front and all edges. Back is not finished.

Overlay Fillers are designed to end into wall orBlind Panel if trimmed.

When designing with full overlay door styles,apply full overlay fillers onto corner fillers.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

FILLERS

164Effective October 2015

Page 172: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

angled fluted/plain filler5" wide

30"341/2"

or96"

5"

3/4"

41/4"

See Price Book page 40.

BLVDFF30 (3" x 30" Reversible)BLVDFF34.5 (3" x 34 1/2" Reversible)BLVDTFF96 (3" x 96" Reversible)

3"

3"3/4"

Top View

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

FILLERS

165Effective October 2015

Page 173: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall box column filler, plain/fluted3" wide, 15" deep

3"

15"

Grain30", 33" 36", 39"

42"

15"

Grain

3"

30", 33" 36", 39"

42"

See Price Book page 40.

PlainW330BCFPW333BCFPW336BCFPW339BCFPW342BCFP

FlutedW330BCFFW333BCFFW336BCFFW339BCFFW342BCFF

• Available in 3" depth increments from 6" to 27".• Reversible, may be used on either left or right end.• Front and both sides finished; no reveal on filler.• 1/2" plywood construction.• Finished veneer on end panel exterior.• Enclosed top and bottom.

Back of units can be trimmed up to 3" toaccommodate different depth requirements.

Horizontal Box Column Fillers arerecommended for use between cabinets/wallsas right and left edges will be unfinished.

base box column filler, plain/fluted3" wide, 27" deep

3"

27"

Grain

341/2"

3"

27"

Grain

341/2"

See Price Book page 40.

PlainB334.527BCFPFlutedB334.527BCFF

• Available in 3" depth increments from 6" to 27".• Reversible, may be used on either left or right end.• Front and both sides finished; no reveal on filler.• 1/2" plywood construction.• Finished veneer on end panel exterior.• Enclosed top and bottom.

Back of units can be trimmed up to 3" toaccommodate different depth requirements.

Horizontal Box Column Fillers arerecommended for use between cabinets/wallsas right and left edges will be unfinished.

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

FILLERS

166Effective October 2015

Page 174: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tall box column filler, plain/fluted3" wide, 15" or 27" deep

15" or 27"

3"

Grain

84"87"90"93"or

96"

15" or 27"

3"

Grain

84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 40.

15" Deep, PlainT38415BCFPT38715BCFPT39015BCFPT39315BCFPT39615BCFP27" Deep, PlainT38427BCFPT38727BCFPT39027BCFPT39327BCFPT39627BCFP15" Deep, FlutedT38415BCFFT38715BCFFT39015BCFFT39315BCFFT39615BCFF27" Deep, FlutedT38427BCFFT38727BCFFT39027BCFFT39327BCFFT39627BCFF

• Available in 3" depth increments from 6" to 27".• Reversible, may be used on either left or right end.• Front and both sides finished; no reveal on filler.• 1/2" plywood construction.• Finished veneer on end panel exterior.• Enclosed top and bottom.

Back of units can be trimmed up to 3" toaccommodate different depth requirements.

Horizontal Box Column Fillers arerecommended for use between cabinets/wallsas right and left edges will be unfinished.

CustomModificationOptions

ID* RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*Only available on 15" deep.

FILLERS

167Effective October 2015

Page 175: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

PANELS & SKINS

base end panel skin23 1/4" wide

341/2"

231/4"

Grain

See Price Book page 41.

BEPS34.5WD (1/4" Veneer)BEPS34.5LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)

• 1/4" thick veneered furniture board.• 1/8" thick laminated furniture board.• Not available with Furniture Ends (FPEB).

If glaze finish is used, a v-grooved skin offersbest finish consistency.

tall end panel skin23 1/4" wide

Grain

231/4"

84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 41.

TEPS84WD (1/4" Veneer)TEPS84LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)TEPS87WD (1/4" Veneer)TEPS87LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)TEPS90WD (1/4" Veneer)TEPS90LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)TEPS93WD (1/4" Veneer)TEPS93LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)TEPS96WD (1/4" Veneer)TEPS96LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)

• 1/4" thick veneered furniture board.• 1/8" thick laminated furniture board.• Not available with Furniture Ends (FPEB).

If glaze finish is used, a v-grooved skin offersbest finish consistency.

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓♦Only available in White laminate.

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓♦Only available in White laminate.

PANELS

AND

SKINS

168Effective October 2015

Page 176: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wall end panel skin11 1/4" wide

111/4"

Grain

30"33"36"39"or 42"

See Price Book page 41.

WEPS30WD (1/4" Veneer)WEPS30LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)WEPS33WD (1/4" Veneer)WEPS33LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)WEPS36WD (1/4" Veneer)WEPS36LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)WEPS39WD (1/4" Veneer)WEPS39LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)WEPS42WD (1/4" Veneer)WEPS42LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)

• 1/4" thick veneered furniture board.• 1/8" thick laminated furniture board.• Not available with Furniture Ends (FPEB).

If glaze finish is used, a v-grooved skin offersbest finish consistency.

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓♦Only available in White laminate.

PANELS

AND

SKINS

169Effective October 2015

Page 177: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

finished back skin

48"

30"or

341/2"

Grain

48"

Grain96"

See Price Book page 41.

BP4830WD (1/4" Veneer)BP4830LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)BP4834.5WD (1/4" Veneer)BP4834.5LAM18♦ (1/8" Laminate)BP4896WD† (1/4" Veneer)BP4896LAM18†♦ (1/8" Laminate)

• 1/4" thick veneered furniture board.• 1/4" or 1/8" thick laminated furniture board.†5 day Express Response not available on itemsgreater than 48".

cross grain veneer back panel skin

96"

341/2"or

48"

Grain

See Price Book page 41.

BP9634.5CRSGR (1/4" Veneer)BP9648CRSGR (1/4" Veneer)

• Veneer on MDF core.• When ordered in Opaque finishes, panels

will use vertical grain as grain will not be visible.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓♦Only available in White laminate.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

170Effective October 2015

Page 178: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wood v-grooved panel skin

341/2"

48"

Grai

n

48"

96" Grai

n

See Price Book page 41.

BP4834.5VG (1/4" Veneer)BP4896VG†

1/4"Top View

• V-groove on 3" centers.• Veneer on MDF core.• When used as a skin, not compatible with cabinets

specified with Furniture Ends (FPEB) or AuthenticEnds (AUTHL/AUTHR).

†5 day Express Response not available on itemsgreater than 48".

wall end panel12" wide

12"

30" Grain

See Price Book page 41.

WEP1230WD (3/4" Veneer)WEP1230LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)

• 3/4" thick.• Veneered furniture board or laminated furniture

board.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.

Horizontal end panels are recommended foruse between cabinets/walls as right and leftedges will be unfinished.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC*✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*APC not available on Laminate panels.♦Only available in White laminate.

PANELS

AND

SKINS

171Effective October 2015

Page 179: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base end panel24" wide

24"

341/2"Grain

See Price Book page 41.

BEPWD (3/4" Veneer)BEPLAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)

• 3/4" thick.• Veneered furniture board or laminated furniture

board.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.

Horizontal end panels are recommended foruse between cabinets/walls as right and leftedges will be unfinished.

lazy susan end panel23 7/8" wide

237/8"

Grain341/2"

See Price Book page 41.

BLSBEPWD (1/2" Veneer)BLSBEPLAM♦ (1/2" Laminate)

• 1/2" thick.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.• Veneered furniture board or laminated furniture

board.

tall end panel12" wide

12"

48"or96"

Grain

See Price Book page 41.

TEP1248WD (3/4" Veneer)TEP1248LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)TEP1296WD† (3/4" Veneer)TEP1296LAM†♦ (3/4" Laminate)

• 3/4" thick.• Veneered furniture board or laminated furniture board.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.†5 day Express Response not available on items greater than 48".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC*✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*APC not available on Laminate panels.♦Only available in White laminate.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC*✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*APC not available on Laminate panels.♦Only available in White laminate.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC*✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*APC not available on Laminate panels.♦Only available in White laminate.

PANELS

AND

SKINS

172Effective October 2015

Page 180: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tall end panel24" wide

24"

Grain84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 41.

TEP2484WD (3/4" Veneer)TEP2484LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)TEP2487WD (3/4" Veneer)TEP2487LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)TEP2490WD (3/4" Veneer)TEP2490LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)TEP2493WD (3/4" Veneer)TEP2493LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)TEP2496WD (3/4" Veneer)TEP2496LAM♦ (3/4" Laminate)

• 3/4" thick.• Veneered furniture board or laminated furniture

board.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC*✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*APC not available on Laminate panels.♦Only available in White laminate.

PANELS

AND

SKINS

173Effective October 2015

Page 181: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base and tall panels with filler attached

24"

11/2"or 3"

Grain

341/2"84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 41.

BEPF1.5WD (1/2" Veneer)BEPF1.5LAM♦ (1/2" Laminate)BEPF3WD (1/2" Veneer)BEPF3LAM♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2484F1.5WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2484F1.5LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2484F3WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2484F3LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2487F1.5WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2487F1.5LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2487F3WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2487F3LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2490F1.5WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2490F1.5LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2490F3WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2490F3LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2493F1.5WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2493F1.5LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2493F3WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2493F3LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2496F1.5WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2496F1.5LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)TEP2496F3WD† (1/2" Veneer)TEP2496F3LAM†♦ (1/2" Laminate)

3/4"

11/2" or 3"

1/2"

Top View

• 1/2" thick veneered or laminated furniture board.• Panels are finished on two sides and front edge.• Panel will have veneered exterior and Natural

Maple or White laminated interior standard. Forveneered interior, specify MIP.

†5 day Express Response not available on itemsgreater than 48".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC*✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID MIP* RD✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

*APC and MIP not available on Laminatepanels.

♦Only available in White laminate.

PANELS

AND

SKINS

174Effective October 2015

Page 182: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base and tall panel with filler attached and furniture end

24"

11/2"or 3"

Grain

341/2"84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 42.

BEPF1.5FPEBEPF3FPETEP2484F1.5FPE†

TEP2484F3FPE†

TEP2487F1.5FPE†

TEP2487F3FPE†

TEP2490F1.5FPE†

TEP2490F3FPE†

TEP2493F1.5FPE†

TEP2493F3FPE†

TEP2496F1.5FPE†

TEP2496F3FPE†

3/4"

11/2" or 3"

3/4"

Top View

• 3/4" thick veneered plywood.• Panel will have veneered exterior and Natural

Maple or White laminated interior standard. Forveneered interior, specify MIP.

†5 day Express Response not available on itemsgreater than 48".

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC

CustomModificationOptions

ID MIP RD✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

175Effective October 2015

Page 183: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base panel with filler attached and authentic end

24"

341/2"

1 1/2"or 3"

Grain

GrainGrain

See Price Book page 42.

BEPF1.5AE L or RBEPF3AE L or R

3/4"

11/2" or 3"

3/4"

Top View

• 3/4" thick veneered plywood with doors attached.• Depth can be increased in 3" increments up to

36" deep.• Panel will have veneered exterior and Natural

Maple or White laminated interior standard. Forveneered interior, specify MIP.

base panel with filler attached and authentic end, single door

24”

341/2”

1 1/2”or 3”

Grain

See Price Book page 42.

BEPF1.5AELSDBEPF1.5AERSDBEPF3AELSDBEPF3AERSD

3/4"

11/2" or 3"

3/4"

Top View

• 3/4" thick veneered plywood with door attached.• Depth can be reduced in 3" increments down to

9" deep.• Panel will have veneered exterior and Natural

Maple or White laminated interior standard. Forveneered interior, specify MIP.

CustomModificationOptions

ID MIP RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID MIP RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

176Effective October 2015

Page 184: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tall panel with filler attached and authentic end

24"

11/2"or 3"

GrainGrain

Grain

Grain

84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 42.

TEP2484F1.5AE L or RTEP2484F3AE L or RTEP2487F1.5AE L or RTEP2487F3AE L or RTEP2490F1.5AE L or RTEP2490F3AE L or R

TEP2493F1.5AE L or RTEP2493F3AE L or RTEP2496F1.5AE L or RTEP2496F3AE L or R

3/4"

11/2" or 3"

3/4"

Top View

• 3/4" thick veneered plywood with doors attached.• Depth can be increased in 3" increments up to

36" deep.• Non-mitered doors will have four doors on bottom

panel.• Panel will have veneered exterior and Natural

Maple or White laminated interior standard. Forveneered interior, specify MIP.

CustomModificationOptions

ID MIP RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

177Effective October 2015

Page 185: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tall panel with filler attached and authentic end,single door

24"

1 1/2"or 3"

Grain

Grain

84"87"90"93"or

96"

See Price Book page 42.

TEP84F1.5AELSDTEP84F1.5AERSDTEP84F3AELSDTEP84F3AERSDTEP87F1.5AELSDTEP87F1.5AERSDTEP87F3AELSDTEP87F3AERSDTEP90F1.5AELSDTEP90F1.5AERSDTEP90F3AELSDTEP90F3AERSD

TEP93F1.5AELSDTEP93F1.5AERSDTEP93F3AELSDTEP93F3AERSDTEP96F1.5AELSDTEP96F1.5AERSDTEP96F3AELSDTEP96F3AERSD

3/4"

11/2" or 3"

3/4"

Top View

• 3/4" thick veneered plywood with doors attached.• Depth can be reduced in 3" increments down to

9" deep.• On non-miter doors, the tall door on the bottom

will have two vertical panels.• Panel will have veneered exterior and Natural

Maple or White laminated interior standard. Forveneered interior, specify MIP.

CustomModificationOptions

ID MIP RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

178Effective October 2015

Page 186: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

base decorative door end panel kit23 1/4" wide

341/2"

231/4"

30"Grain Grain

See Price Book page 42.

BEDDoor panel kits include 1/4" veneer woodpanels and doors with attachment screws forfield installation.

Not compatible on cabinets specified withFurniture Ends (FPEB). Use Authentic Endsmodification for decorative doors with FPEB.

base decorative door end panel kit, single door23 1/4" wide

341/2”

231/4”

30”Grain

See Price Book page 42.

BEDSDDoor panel kits include 1/4" veneer woodpanels and doors with attachment screws forfield installation.

Not compatible on cabinets specified withFurniture Ends (FPEB). Use Authentic Endsmodification for decorative doors with FPEB.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

179Effective October 2015

Page 187: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tall decorative door end panel kit23 1/4" wide

84"87"90"93"or

96"

231/4"

66"

Grain Grain

Grain Grain

GrainGrain

18"21"24"27"or

30"

See Price Book page 42.

TED2484TED2487TED2490TED2493TED2496

• On non-miter doors, the tall door on the bottomwill have two vertical panels.

Door panel kits include 1/4" veneer woodpanels and doors with attachment screws forfield installation.

Not compatible on cabinets specified withFurniture Ends (FPEB). Use Authentic Endsmodification for decorative doors with FPEB.

tall decorative door end panel kit, single door23 1/4" wide

231/4"

66"

Grain

Grain

Grain

84"87"90"93"or

96"

18"21"24"27"or

30"

See Price Book page 42.

TED2484SDTED2487SDTED2490SDTED2493SDTED2496SD

• On non-miter doors, the tall door on the bottomwill have two vertical panels.

Door panel kits include 1/4" veneer woodpanels and doors with attachment screws forfield installation.

Not compatible on cabinets specified withFurniture Ends (FPEB). Use Authentic Endsmodification for decorative doors with FPEB.

wall decorative door end panel kit11 1/4" wide

111/4"

Grain

18"231/2"30"33"36"39"or

42"

See Price Book page 42.

WED1218WED1223.5WED1230WED1233WED1236WED1239WED1242

Door panel kits include 1/4" veneer woodpanels and doors with attachment screws forfield installation.

Not compatible on cabinets specified withFurniture Ends (FPEB). Use Authentic Endsmodification for decorative doors with FPEB.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

PANELS

AND

SKINS

180Effective October 2015

Page 188: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

TABLE OF CONTENTS – MOULDINGS

Pre-Designed Moulding Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Crown Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Starter Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

Moulding Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Accent Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Toe Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Light Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

Corner Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Valances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206

architectural accents

All embellishments marked with the follow these guidelines:

Program Details• Products are priced individually with availability and exceptions noted. Finish technique upcharges

apply.• Items will be shipped loose for field attachment.

Product Characteristics• Natural characteristics of wood carved items are wider color range, irregularity of surface texture, and

more noticeable variations in finish. It is imperative to understand the variations these characteristicsentail and therefore will not be considered defective.

Ordering Process• To ensure product ships with the cabinet order, include on same order. Orders not placed together

may not ship together.• Express Response program is available for 12 day delivery.• Must specify wood specie, finish, and technique, if different than the rest of the order.• Since these items are ordered on an ‘‘as-required’’ basis, no changes or cancellations will be

accepted after 24 hours from acknowledgement of order.

MOULDINGS

181Effective October 2015

Page 189: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

PRE-DESIGNED MOULDING KITS

-

To locate Stacked Moulding:➞ Moulding➞ Top Moulding or Bottom Moulding➞ Stacked Moulding

Printing Installation Instructions in 20-20:➞ Right click on desired stack➞ Specs➞ Print

To save time or reduce mistakes made during installation, a detailed drawing of a moulding stack (orother complex area of a design) can be printed for the installer. To do this, change the walls to aconstruction line and raise the height of your perspective to the height of the top of our wall cabinets.This will allow you to take a picture from behind a moulding stack, which gives you a clear picture ofthe moulding stack. You can then zoom-in, in rendering mode, to see additional detail.

Moulding stacks do not ship assembled. Fieldassembly required. Assembly instructions canbe viewed in 20-20 spec pages and will alsoship with mouldings.

When ordered as a kit, only one finish can bespecified. To order with more than one finish,moulding pieces need to be ordered separately.

moulding stack 1See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD1

TBP8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat*

Cleat*1

2

3

SWCRM8

ICM8

TF396FH

TBP8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door1"

61/8"

Side View

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleTBP8 ✓ ✓ ✓SWCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓ICM8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 2See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD2

3/4"1/2"

1/16" Space

SWVCRM8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat*

2

3

VFR8

TF396FH

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame(3/4" Thick)

77/16"

VFR8

Cleat*

1

Door

Side View

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWVCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓VFR8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

182Effective October 2015

Page 190: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

moulding stack 3See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD3

1/16" Space

SWVCRM8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat*1

2

3

LB2

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

63/16"

TBP8

Door

Finish Nails*

1"

Cleat*

VFR8

Side View

• Not recommended for use when taking applicationto the ceiling.

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the LB2.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWVCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓LB2 ✓ ✓ ✓VFR8 ✓ ✓ ✓TBP8 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 5See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD5

SWVCRM8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat*

Cleat* 1

2

3

DE8

TF396FH

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

713/16"

DE8

RPM8

7/16"Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*TF396FH

TF396FH

Finish Nails*

1"

Door

Finish Nails*Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Side View

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWVCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓RPM8 ✓ ✓ ✓DE8 ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 6See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD6

SHKRCRM8Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

SM8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

5"

SM8

3/4"

Finish Nails*

TF396FHFinish Nails*

Door

Side View

• Not recommended for use when taking applicationto the ceiling.

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSHKRCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓SM8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

183Effective October 2015

Page 191: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

moulding stack 8See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat*

Cleat*1

2

3 SWCRM8

RPM8

TF396FH

TBP8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

11/8"

61/8"

Finish Nails*

RPM8Finish Nails*

1/2"

TBP8Finish Nails*

Side View

• Not recommended for use when taking applicationto the ceiling.

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓RPM8 ✓ ✓ ✓TBP8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 10See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD10

Finish Nails*Cleat*Cleat*

1

2

VV96

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

35/8"

SCM8

Door

Finish Nails*

3/8"

3/4"

SWCRM8

LB2

Finish Nails*Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Side View

• Not recommended for use when taking applicationto the ceiling.

*Parts not included.Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleVV96 ✓ ✓ ✓SWCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓SCM8 ✓ ✓ ✓LB2 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 11See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD11

SWVCRM8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat* 1

2

TF696FH

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

91/16"

TCM8

Door

Finish Nails*

11/16"

Side View

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF696FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWVCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF696FH ✓ ✓ ✓TCM8 ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

184Effective October 2015

Page 192: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

moulding stack 13See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD13

Side View

LB2

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

25/16"

Door

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*LB2LB2

17/16"

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleLB2 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 14See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD14

Side View

Cleat*

LB2

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

33/32"

Door

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

TF396FH

LB2

3/4"

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleLB2 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 16See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD16

Side View

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

35/16"

Door

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*LB2

SWVCRM8

DE8Finish Nails*

3/8"

• Not recommended for use when taking applicationto the ceiling.

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWVCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓DE8 ✓ ✓LB2 ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

185Effective October 2015

Page 193: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

moulding stack 18See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD18

Side View

TF396FH2

1

Cleat*

SCM8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

VFR8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

41/16"

Finish Nails*

Cleat*Finish Nails*

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSCM8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓VFR8 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 19See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD19

Side View

Cleat*

Bottom of Cabinet

Face Frame

19/16"

Door

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

TCM8

DE8Finish Nails*

11/4"

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleDE8 ✓ ✓TCM8 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 20See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD20

Side View

SWCRM8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*Cleat*

VV96

Ceiling

41/2"

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the VV96.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓VV96 ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

186Effective October 2015

Page 194: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

moulding stack 21See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD21

Side View

TF396FH

SWLCRM8

2

1

Cleat*

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

VFR8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*Finish Nails*

47/16"

11/4"Finish Nails*

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the TF396FH.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWLCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓VFR8 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 22See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD22

Side View

SWVCRM8SBE8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

SFM8

SFM8 CLEAT

711/16"

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

11/4"

*Parts not included.

Overall moulding stack height can be reducedby trimming the SFM8.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSWVCRM8 ✓ ✓ ✓SBE8 ✓ ✓ ✓SFM8 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 23See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD23

Cleat*LB2

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

427/32"

Door

Finish Nails*

SBE8

COTCROWN8

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

• Not recommended for use when taking applicationto the ceiling.

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleCOTCROWN8 ✓ ✓ ✓LB2 ✓ ✓ ✓SBE8 ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

187Effective October 2015

Page 195: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

moulding stack 24See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD24

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

Cleat*

SMCOVECROWN8

TF396FHcut to 23/4”

TBP8

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

6"

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleSMCOVECROWN8 ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓TBP8 ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 25See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD25

Cleats*TF396FH

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

Finish Nails*

TF396FH

TF396FH

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

41/2"

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleTF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓

moulding stack 26See Price Book page 43.

STKMLD26

Finish Nails*

Finish Nails*

Cleat*

INSCROWN8Insert not included

TF396FH

TSTM

Top of Cabinet

Face Frame

Door

6"Finish Nails*

*Parts not included.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleINSCROWN8 ✓ ✓TF396FH ✓ ✓ ✓TSTM8 ✓ ✓ ✓

PRE-DESIGNED

MOULDING

KITS

188Effective October 2015

Page 196: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CROWN MOULDINGS

classic tall crown

43/32"

51/4"

3/4"

127/32"

11/2"

3/4"See Price Book page 43.

CLTCROWN8

• One 8' section.• Cleat shipped unattached, can be used for top

mount or face frame applications.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated byarrows on side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

cornice tall crown27/32"

55/16"

41/32"

126/32"

3/4"

1/4"

11/2"

See Price Book page 43.

COTCROWN8

• One 8' section.• Cleat shipped unattached, can be used for top

mount or face frame applications.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated byarrows on side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

189Effective October 2015

Page 197: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

small cove crown

21/2"

25/16"

See Price Book page 43.

SMCOVECROWN8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

cove crown

25/32"

3/4"

31/2"7/16"

11/2"

325/32"

See Price Book page 43.

COVECROWN8

• One 8' section.• Cleat shipped unattached, can be used for top

mount or face frame applications.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

insert crown

37/16"

25/8"

13/16"See Price Book page 43.

INSCROWN8

• One 8' section.• Designed to be used with all 2 1/4" high insert

mouldings.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

190Effective October 2015

Page 198: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

large straight angle crown

4"

3/4"

3/4"

4"17/32"

11/2"

See Price Book page 43.

LSACROWN8

• One 8' section.• Cleat shipped unattached, can be used for top

mount or face frame applications.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

medium straight angle crown

2 "

3/4

33/64

"

2 "17/32

33/64

"11/2"

3/4"See Price Book page 43.

MSACROWN8

• One 8' section.• Cleat shipped unattached, can be used for top

mount or face frame applications.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

straight angle crown

1 "

3/4

11/16

"

1 "17/32

11/16

"11/2"

3/4"See Price Book page 43.

SACROWN8

• One 8' section.• Cleat shipped unattached, can be used for top

mount or face frame applications.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

191Effective October 2015

Page 199: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tall crown

333/64"

247/64"

See Price Book page 43.

MTCROWN8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

shaker crown

2"

1/2"

25/8"

1/4"

11/2"

See Price Book page 43.

SHKRCRM8

• One 8' section.• Top mount.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side view drawing.

Glazed edges indicated by arrows on side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

large shaker crown

21/2"

21/2"

1/2"

See Price Book page 43.

LSHAKER8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

192Effective October 2015

Page 200: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

small crown

11/4"

11/8"

Inverted

11/16"

13/16"

Standard

See Price Book page 43.

SCM8

InvertedStandard

• One 8' section.• Face mounts on Partial Overlay doors. May be face

mounted on Full Overlay if used with a cleat.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

solid wood crown

1

15/8"

5/8"

Inverted

17/16"

13/4"

Standard

See Price Book page 43.

SWCRM8

InvertedStandard

• One 8' section.• Face mounts on Partial Overlay doors. May be face

mounted on Full Overlay if used with a cleat.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

solid wood large crown

21/4"

21/64"

Inverted

23/16"

21/16"

Standard

See Price Book page 43.

SWLCRM8

InvertedStandard

• One 8' section.• Face mounts on Partial Overlay doors. May be face

mounted on Full Overlay if used with a cleat.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

193Effective October 2015

Page 201: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

solid wood tall crown

2"

213/16"

Inverted

213/16"

21/16"

Standard

See Price Book page 43.

SWTCRM8

InvertedStandard

• One 8' section.• Face mounts on Partial Overlay doors. May be face

mounted on Full Overlay if used with a cleat.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

solid wood victorian crown

21/2"

35/16"1/2"

13/16"

See Price Book page 43.

SWVCRM8

• One 8' section.• Face mounts on Partial Overlay doors. May be face

mounted on Full Overlay if used with a cleat.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side view

drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrows on sideview drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

SWVCRM8 is designed for dentil, egg & dart, orrope moulding application.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

194Effective October 2015

Page 202: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

STARTER MOULDINGS

soffit filler

1"

43/64"

3/4"

11/2"

6"

See Price Book page 43.

SFM8

• One 8' section.• Includes unattached cleat.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

starter moulding

3/4"

13/4"

3"

See Price Book page 43.

STR8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

195Effective October 2015

Page 203: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

starter moulding, shaker

13/4"

3/4"

3"

See Price Book page 43.

STRS8

• One 8' section.• Cleat will be attached.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

MOULDING INSERTS

dentil

5/8"

1/4"

See Price Book page 43.

DE8

Dentil Detail

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

DE8 is designed to face mount on SWVCRM8.

egg & dart

1/2"

3/8"

3/32"See Price Book page 43.

EGD8

Egg & Dart Detail

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

EGD8 is designed to face mount on SWVCRM8.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleBasswood Basswood Basswood

MOULDINGS

196Effective October 2015

Page 204: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

mission insert

21/4"

1/2"

See Price Book page 43.

JMISINSERTM

Mission Detail

• One 8' section.• Pattern is 6" repeat.• See page 181 for ordering guidelines.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

JMISINSERTM is designed to face mount onINSCROWN8.

rope

3/8"

3/4"

See Price Book page 43.

RPM8

Rope Detail

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

RPM8 is designed to face mount onSWVCRM8.

ACCENT MOULDINGS

cabinet panel edge

3/4"

1/2"

13/32"

17/8"

See Price Book page 43.

CPE8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

197Effective October 2015

Page 205: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

countertop edge

3/4"

19/16"

See Price Book page 0.

TCM8 (Traditional)

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

flat scribe1/8"Radius

3/4"

1/4"

See Price Book page 43.

SM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Flat Scribe can be installed adjacent to the wallat the end of a cabinet run to conceal surfaceinconsistencies of the wall.

library

21/2"

3/4"

11/4"

See Price Book page 43.

LBRM

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

198Effective October 2015

Page 206: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

mirror frame

3/4"

5/8"

3/16"

21/8"

See Price Book page 43.

WMF8

• Pre-grooved.• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

ogee edge

3/4"

1/2"

See Price Book page 43.

OGEEM

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

single bead edge

3/4"

1/2"

See Price Book page 43.

SBE8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

199Effective October 2015

Page 207: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

small scribe

3/4"

1/4"

See Price Book page 43.

SSM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

soffit trim

21/2"

3/4"

17/32"

See Price Book page 43.

TSTM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

triple bead edge

3/4"

1/2"

See Price Book page 44.

TBEM

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

200Effective October 2015

Page 208: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

triple bead pilaster

3/4"

41/2"

See Price Book page 44.

TBP8

• Finished beaded front and two 4 1/2" sides.• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

TBP8 can be used vertically between cabinetsfor an inset look.

TOE MOULDINGS

baseboard

41/2"

3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

BBM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

BBM8 baseboard moulding can be used inplace of standard toekick to provide a surfacefor glaze hang-up on glazed wood finishes.

baseboard - shaker

3/4"

41/2"

See Price Book page 44.

BBMSH8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

201Effective October 2015

Page 209: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

toekick cap

3/4" 3/4"

47/16"

See Price Book page 44.

TKC

• Sold in pairs.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

toeboard

41/2"

Grain

1/8"

41/2"

Grain

1/4"

41/2"

Grain

1/2"

See Price Book page 44.

TB8LAM18♦TB8WD14TB8LAM12♦

• TB8LAM18 is 1/8" laminated furniture board.• TB8WD14 is 1/4" plywood finished veneer on

furniture board.• TB8LAM12 is 1/2" laminated furniture board.• All toeboards are one 8' section.

Quarter Round moulding can be used inaddition to TB8 toeboard moulding for afinished look.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory MapleMaple Oak ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓♦Only available in White laminate.

MOULDINGS

202Effective October 2015

Page 210: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

LIGHT RAIL MOULDINGS

cap moulding

3/8"

1"

3/4"3/8"

See Price Book page 44.

CAPM

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

light baffle

19/16"

3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

LB2 (Square)

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

small light rail moulding

11/2"

15/16"

3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

SMLR

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

203Effective October 2015

Page 211: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

light rail moulding

21/4"

11/2"

3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

LRM

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

valley forge moulding

11/4"

9/16" 3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

VFR8

• One 8' section.• Must be shimmed at shaded area if used with full

overlay styles.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing. Glazed edges indicated by arrowson side view drawing.

At minimum, leave a 3" reveal at the end of arun to allow moulding and countertop ampleclearance to return back to the wall.

CORNER MOULDINGS

inside corner

3/4"

3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

ICM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

204Effective October 2015

Page 212: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

outside corner

3/4"

1/4"

1/4"3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

OCM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

outside corner 135

5/8"

5/8"

1/4"

135˚

See Price Book page 44.

OC135

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

quarter round

11/16"

11/16"

11/16"Radius

See Price Book page 44.

QRM

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

Quarter Round moulding can be used inaddition to TB8 toeboard moulding for afinished look.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

MOULDINGS

205Effective October 2015

Page 213: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

shoe - convex inside corner

3/4"

1/2"

1/2"Radius

See Price Book page 44.

SHM8

• One 8' section.• Finished edges indicated by bold lines on side

view drawing.

VALANCES

arched valance

41/2"

36", 48", 60" or 72"

8"

21/4"

8"3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

AV36AV48AV60AV72

• Side shoulders are 8" wide (6" trimmable eachend).

• Bottom edge has 3/16" radius on face.

furniture valance

41/2"

36", 48", 60" or 72"

8"

21/4"

8"3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

FV36FV48FV60FV72

• Side shoulders are 8" wide (6" trimmable eachend).

• Bottom edge has 3/16" radius profile on face.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

VALANCES

206Effective October 2015

Page 214: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

raised panel arched valance

21/8"

21/2"

GrainGrain

36", 42", 48"

121/2"

See Price Book page 44.

JRPV36JRPV42JRPV48

• Each side is trimmable up to 1 3/4" per side.• Center height is 8".• See page 181 for ordering guidelines.

straight valance

48" or 96"

41/2"

3/4"

See Price Book page 44.

VV48VV96

• Trimmable.• Bottom edge is profiled.

DECORATIVE OVERLAY AND DECORATIVE ORNAMENTS

acanthus overlay

41/2"

5/8"20"

See Price Book page 44.

ACOVLY

• Apply with small brad.

Cannot be installed on valances.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

VALANCES/EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

207Effective October 2015

Page 215: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

mission rosette

27/8"

27/8"

5/16"

7/8"

See Price Book page 44.

ROSETTEMIS

• Apply with small brad.

corner rosette, 3"

3"

3"

See Price Book page 44.

FFRC3X3 (Fluted)BFRC3X3 (Beaded)

1/2"

1/2"

3"

3"

Back View - Fluted

Back View - Beaded

mission tile rosette

27/8"

27/8"

7/16" See Price Book page 44.

JTILEMISSION

• See page 181 for ordering guidelines.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

208Effective October 2015

Page 216: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DECORATIVE SUPPORTS

english bar column

421/4"

33/4"

151/4"

5"

22"

See Price Book page 44.

ENGBARCOLUMN

33/4"

33/4"

Top View

• Trimmable.

english island column

351/4"

5"

151/4"

5"

See Price Book page 44.

ENGISLCOLUMN

5"

5"

Top View

• Trimmable.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

209Effective October 2015

Page 217: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

metro bar column

51/2"

51/2"

405/8"

33/4"

See Price Book page 44.

METBARCOLUMN

33/4"

33/4"Top View

• Trimmable.• Leg is designed with three pieces joined together.

metro island column

51/2"

3"

345/8"

51/2"

See Price Book page 44.

METISLCOLUMN

3"

3"Top View

• Trimmable.• Leg is designed with three pieces joined together.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

210Effective October 2015

Page 218: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

mission leg

341/2"

3"

73/4"

See Price Book page 44.

DLEGMISSION

3"

3"

Top View

• Trimmable.

reed leg

53/8"

53/8"

31/2"

341/2"

See Price Book page 44.

RDLEG

31/2"

31/2"

Top View

• Trimmable.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

211Effective October 2015

Page 219: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

spool leg

31/2"

341/2"

63/8"

75/8"

2011/16"

See Price Book page 44.

SPLEG

31/2"

31/2"

Top View

• Trimmable.

island leg, 2-sided

351/4"

21/4"

33/4"

9"

261/4"

See Price Book page 44.

2SISLLEG

33/4"

33/4"

Taper 2 SidesTop View

• Trimmable.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

212Effective October 2015

Page 220: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

bar leg, 2-sided

9"

421/4"

21/4"

33/4"

331/4"

See Price Book page 44.

2SBARLEG

33/4"

33/4"

Taper 2 SidesTop View

• Trimmable.

island leg, 4-sided

9"

351/4"

21/4"

33/4"

261/4"

See Price Book page 44.

4SISLLEG

33/4"

33/4"

Taper 4 SidesTop View

• Trimmable.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

213Effective October 2015

Page 221: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

bar leg, 4-sided

9"

421/4"

21/4"

331/4"

33/4"See Price Book page 44.

4SBARLEG

33/4"

33/4"

Taper 4 SidesTop View

• Trimmable.

craftsman foot3"

35/8"

41/2"

See Price Book page 44.

JCRAFTFOOT

• Trimmable.• See page 181 for ordering guidelines.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

214Effective October 2015

Page 222: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tapered leg

4"

6"

2"

21/2"21/2"See Price Book page 45.

TAPLG

21/2"

21/2"

Taper 2 SidesTop View

• Trimmable.

large square foot

5"

5" 5"

See Price Book page 45.

LGSQFOOT

• Trimmable.

toekick tulip foot

4"

45/8"

21/2"See Price Book page 45.

TKTLFOOT

• Trimmable.Designed to fit in toekick space.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

215Effective October 2015

Page 223: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tulip foot

15/8"

31/2" dia.

45/8"

See Price Book page 45.

TLFOOT

• Trimmable. Designed to fit in toekick space.

lille foot

4" 4"

41/2"

See Price Book page 45.

LIFOOT

Designed to work with Void Toekickmodification (VTK).

Designed to fit in toekick space.

decorative split turning, ends

2"97/16"

2"

63/8"15/16"

Top View

See Price Book page 45.

SPTRINGEND

• Trimmable.• Sold in pairs.• Use with reed or spool decorative split turnings

(see page 217).

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

216Effective October 2015

Page 224: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

decorative split turning, reed

96"

See Price Book page 45.

Reeded Half RoundSPTRINGREED96

11/2"

3/4"

Top View

• Trimmable.

Split turnings can be used horizontally as adecorative moulding or accent.

Ends for Decorative Split Turnings are soldseparately. See page 216.

decorative split turning, spool

96"

See Price Book page 45.

Half RoundSPTRINGSPOOL96

11/2"

3/4"

Top View

• Trimmable.

Split turnings can be used horizontally as adecorative moulding or accent.

Ends for Decorative Split Turnings are soldseparately. See page 216.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

217Effective October 2015

Page 225: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

DECORATIVE CORBELS & SHELF SUPPORTS

13" large corbel

13"

27/8"93/16"

See Price Book page 45.

LGCORBELNot intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

9" art corbel

9"

57/8" 33/4"

See Price Book page 45.

CORBELART9 Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

6" small mission corbel

6"

23/4"25/8"See Price Book page 45.

CORBELMIS6 Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

218Effective October 2015

Page 226: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

9" large mission corbel

9"

53/4"37/8"See Price Book page 45.

CORBELMIS9Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

5" olde world corbel

5"

53/4"

41/2"13/4"

5"

See Price Book page 45.

CORBELOWD5Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

6" small scroll corbel

53/4"

21/2" 23/4"

Open

See Price Book page 45.

CORBELSCR6Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

219Effective October 2015

Page 227: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

9" large scroll corbel

Open

37/8" 53/4"

85/8"

See Price Book page 45.

CORBELSCR9 Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

snack bar support

3"

111/4"

111/4"

See Price Book page 45.

SBS Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

11 1/2" arts & crafts bracket

31/4"

71/2"5"

111/2"93/4"

13/4"

Open

See Price Book page 45.

JBRACKETART

• See page 181 for ordering guidelines.

Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

220Effective October 2015

Page 228: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

14" arts & crafts open corbel

14"

41/2" 73/8"

Open

See Price Book page 45.

JCORBELARTO

• See page 181 for ordering guidelines.

Not intended for cabinet or freestandingcountertop support. For substantial weightsupport, use a floor mounted support such as aDecorative Leg.

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓

EM

BELLISHM

ENTS

221Effective October 2015

Page 229: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

HARDWARE - DECORATIVE PULLS AND KNOBS

britannia knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBM1820

• Knob in cast iron.• Height: 1".• Width: 1 5/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

britannia pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM1823

• Pull in cast iron.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 7 3/8".• Width: 1".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

classic drop pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLT008

• Pull in rust.• Composition: Zinc.• Center-to-center dimension: 5".• Height: 1".• Length: 5 1/2".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

classic knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT007

• Knob in rust.• Composition: Zinc.• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 1 1/4" diameter.• Width: 1 1/4" diameter.• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

contemporary knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT002

• Knob in brushed satin nickel.• Composition: Zinc.• Center-to-center dimension: 1 1/4".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 2".• Width: 3/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

contemporary pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLT001

• Pull in brushed satin nickel.• Composition: Ends in zinc/bar is steel tube.• Center-to-center dimension: 7".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 8".• Width: 3/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM364

• Cup handle in antique pewter.• Composition: Brass.• Center-to-center dimension: 3".• Height: 15/16".• Length: 4 5/8".• Width: 1 7/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM365

• Cup handle in German bronze.• Composition: Brass.• Center-to-center dimension: 3".• Height: 15/16".• Length: 4 5/8".• Width: 1 7/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM366

• Cup handle in rust.• Composition: Brass.• Center-to-center dimension: 3".• Height: 15/16".• Length: 4 5/8".• Width: 1 7/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

DECORATIVE

HARDW

ARE

222Effective October 2015

Page 230: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

craftsman handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM1674

• Pull in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 3".• Height: 15/16".• Length: 4 5/8".• Width: 1 7/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT003

• Knob is antique pewter.• Composition: Zinc.• Center-to-center dimension: 1 1/4".• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT1016

• Knob in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 1 1/4".• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT1017

• Knob in black.• Center-to-center dimension: 1 1/4".• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLT004

• Pull in antique pewter.• Composition: Zinc.• Center-to-center dimension: 7".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 8".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLT1014

• Pull in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 7".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 8".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

craftsman pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLT1015

• Pull in black.• Center-to-center dimension: 7".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 8".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM475

• Pull in antique pewter.• Composition: Alloy.• Center-to-center dimension: 3 3/4".• Height: 1".• Length: 5".• Width: 9/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM476

• Pull in rust.• Composition: Alloy.• Center-to-center dimension: 3 3/4".• Height: 1".• Length: 5".• Width: 9/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

DECORATIVE

HARDW

ARE

223Effective October 2015

Page 231: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

cumberland handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM478

• Pull in German bronze.• Composition: Alloy.• Center-to-center dimension: 3 3/4".• Height: 1".• Length: 5".• Width: 9/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland handleSee Price Book page 45.

PULLT012

• Pull in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 3 3/4".• Height: 1".• Length: 5".• Width: 9/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBM206

• Round knob in antique pewter.• Composition: Brass.• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBM207

• Round knob in rust.• Composition: Brass.• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBM208

• Knob in German bronze.• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

cumberland knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT013

• Knob in Tuscan bronze.• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

flared knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBTK87TA

• Pull in antique pewter.• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 2 5/8".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

flared knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBTK87TB

• Knob in Tuscan bronze.• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 2 5/8".• Width: 11/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

flared pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLTK86TA

• Pull in antique pewter.• Center-to-center dimension: 5".• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 6 1/2".• Width: 13/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

DECORATIVE

HARDW

ARE

224Effective October 2015

Page 232: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

flared pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLTK86TB

• Pull in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 5".• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 6 1/2".• Width: 13/16".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

gothic knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBT006

• Knob in flat black.• Composition: Zinc.• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 1 3/8" square.• Width: 1 3/8" square.• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

hopewell pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM430

• Pull in satin nickel.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 7/16".• Length: 7".• Width: 15/32".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

modernistic knobSee Price Book page 45.

KNOBM549

• Round knob in brushed satin nickel.• Composition: Steel.• Height: 1".• Length: 7/8".• Width: 7/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

modernistic pullSee Price Book page 45.

PULLM570

• Pull in brushed satin nickel.• Composition: Alloy.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 3/16".• Length: 5 7/8".• Width: 1/2".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

retro handleSee Price Book page 46.

PULLM381

• Pull in brushed satin nickel.• Composition: Alloy.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 6".• Width: 1/2".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

retro handleSee Price Book page 46.

PULLM383

• Pull in brushed matte black.• Composition: Alloy.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 6".• Width: 1/2".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

retro handleSee Price Book page 46.

PULLT1018

• Pull in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/16".• Length: 6".• Width: 1/2".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

revival knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM401

• Oval rope knob in antique pewter.• Composition: Alloy.• Height: 1".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

DECORATIVE

HARDW

ARE

225Effective October 2015

Page 233: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

revival knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM402

• Knob in German bronze.• Height: 1".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

revival knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM403

• Knob in rust.• Height: 1".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

revival knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBT011

• Knob in Tuscan bronze.• Height: 1".• Length: 2 1/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

traditional knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOB1420

• Knob in satin nickel.• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

traditional knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOB1432

• Knob in Tuscan bronze.• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

traditional knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM285

• Round knob in matte black.• Composition: Brass.• Height: 1 1/8".• Length: 1 1/4".• Width: 1 1/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM148

• Knob in antique pewter.• Composition: Alloy.• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2 5/8".• Width: 5/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM149

• Knob in rust.• Composition: Alloy.• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2 5/8".• Width: 5/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM150

• Knob in German bronze.• Composition: Alloy.• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2 5/8".• Width: 5/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

DECORATIVE

HARDW

ARE

226Effective October 2015

Page 234: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tuscany knobSee Price Book page 46.

KNOBM1635

• Knob in Tuscan bronze.• Height: 1 1/4".• Length: 2 5/8".• Width: 5/8".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany pullSee Price Book page 46.

PULLM143

• Pull in antique pewter.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 5 3/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany pullSee Price Book page 46.

PULLM144

• Pull in rust.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 5 3/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany pullSee Price Book page 46.

PULLM145

• Pull in German bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 5 3/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

tuscany pullSee Price Book page 46.

PULLM1631

• Pull in Tuscan bronze.• Center-to-center dimension: 5 1/16".• Height: 1 1/2".• Length: 5 3/4".• Width: 3/4".• Installation screws included with each hardware

piece.• See page 7 for 5-piece drawer front dimensions

when specifying decorative hardware.

faux barrel hinge -antique brass

See Price Book page 46.

HINGEFH1

• 1/4" space filler or extended stile modificationrequired when applying faux hinges (strap orbarrel) on cabinets with varied depths or next to anappliance to allow for full swing clearance.

• For 12" to 36" high doors, use two hinges. For 42"high and above, use three hinges.

• Requires field installation.

faux barrel hinge -pewter

See Price Book page 46.

HINGEFH2

• 1/4" space filler or extended stile modificationrequired when applying faux hinges (strap orbarrel) on cabinets with varied depths or next to anappliance to allow for full swing clearance.

• For 12" to 36" high doors, use two hinges. For 42"high and above, use three hinges.

• Requires field installation.

HARDWARE - FAUX HINGES

faux strap hinge -black

See Price Book page 46.

HINGEFH3

• 1/4" space filler or extended stile modificationrequired when applying faux hinges (strap orbarrel) on cabinets with varied depths or next to anappliance to allow for full swing clearance.

• For 12" to 30" high doors, use two hinges. For 36"high and above, use three hinges.

• Requires field installation.

DECORATIVE

HARDW

ARE

227Effective October 2015

Page 235: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

ACCESSORIES AND PARTS

drawer guide kit - premium guide

12", 15", 18", 21", or 24"

Model ApplicationDGK12PG 12" DeepDGK15PG 15" DeepDGK18PG 18" DeepDGK21PG 21" DeepDGK24PG 24" Deep

See Price Book page 46.

DGK12PGDGK15PGDGK18PGDGK21PGDGK24PG

• Premium guide full extension undermount drawerguide utilized on all standard height wood dovetailcabinet drawers and deep drawers in cabinets upto 27" wide.

• Kit includes guide hardware for one drawer box(cabinet and drawer members, sockets, andscrews).

• Maximum Weight Capacity: 75 lbs. per pair.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

drawer guide kit - roll tray QuietClose premium guide

18", 21", or 24"

Model ApplicationDGK18RTSP 18" DeepDGK21RTSP 21" DeepDGK24RTSP 24" Deep

See Price Book page 46.

DGK18RTSPDGK21RTSPDGK24RTSP

• Premium guide full extension undermount roll trayguide.

• Kit includes guide hardware for one drawer box(cabinet and drawer members, sockets, andscrews).

• Maximum Weight Capacity: 75 lbs. per pair.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

drawer guide back socketsModel Application

DGK-BKSOCKET-PG Standard QuietClose Drawer GuidesDGK-BKSOCKET-RD 12" Deep QuietClose Drawer GuidesDGK-BKSOCKET-SP QuietClose Roll Tray Guides

See Price Book page 0.

DGK-BKSOCKET-PGDGK-BKSOCKET-RDDGK-BKSOCKET-SP

• Sold in pairs.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

228Effective October 2015

Page 236: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

exterior shelf12" deep

12"

48"

3/4"

Grain

See Price Book page 46.

ES1248

• Wood 3/4" panels are veneered furnitureboard finished both sides, and front and sideedges (back edge is not finished).

• Not available in wood grain laminates.

full depth shelf kit10 1/2" & 22 1/2" deep

101/2" or221/2"

3/4"

Grain

See Price Book page 46.

10 1/2" DeepSK912SK1212SK1512SK1812SK2112SK2412SK2712SK3012SK3312SK3612SK3912SK4212SK4812

22 1/2" DeepSK924SK1224SK1524SK1824SK2124SK2424SK2724SK3024SK3324SK3624SK3924SK4224SK4824

• One shelf, 10 1/2" or 22 1/2" deep.• Shelving material specific to construction option.

See page 25 for construction details. Specifymaterial when ordering.

• Each kit includes eight shelf pegs.• Full depth shelves will be packaged separately

from the cabinet.

If matching interior is desired, order Shelf Kit(SK_ _ _ _) with Matching Interior Plywood(MIP) modification.

ConstructionUpgrade Options

PE APC✓

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓ ✓

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

CustomModificationOptions

MIP RD✓ ✓

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

229Effective October 2015

Page 237: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

glass shelf kit12" deep

1/4"

103/16"

See Price Book page 46.

12" DeepJGSK1212JGSK1512JGSK1812JGSK2112JGSK2412JGSK2712JGSK3012JGSK3312JGSK3612

• Cannot be trimmed.• Kit includes two 1/4" thick tempered glass shelves.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Meets KCMA standards of 15 lbs. per squarefoot.

glass shelf kit, diagonal

1/4"

1/4"

See Price Book page 46.

JGSKDW24 (Fits DW_ _2424)JGSKDW27 (Fits DW_ _2727)

• Cannot be trimmed.• Kit includes two 1/4" thick tempered glass

shelves.• Not available for 24" and 27" high Diagonal Wall

cabinets. Shelf will not fit through door opening.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Meets KCMA standards of 15 lbs. per squarefoot.

shelf pegsSee Price Book page 47.

SHELFPEGS (Pkg. 24)

• Shelf pegs are 3mm steel pins with clear plasticshoulders.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

230Effective October 2015

Page 238: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CUTLERY ORGANIZERS

cutlery insert woodorganizer

See Price Book page 47.

CIW15

25/8"

191/2"915/16"

• For use in 15" wide base cabinets.• Pre-assembled natural wood drawer insert.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

cutlery insert woodorganizer

See Price Book page 47.

CIW18

25/8"

191/2" 1215/16"

• For use in 18" wide base cabinets.• Pre-assembled natural wood drawer insert.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Place a cabinet with a CIW next to adishwasher for convenience.

CIW is also available installed in B_ _CIW,B_ _RTCIW, and 4DB_ _CIW. See pages 85,89, & 110.

cutlery insert woodorganizer

See Price Book page 47.

CIW21

25/8"

191/2" 1515/16"

• For use in 21" wide base cabinets.• Pre-assembled natural wood drawer insert.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

cutlery insert woodorganizer

See Price Book page 47.

CIW24

25/8"

191/2" 1815/16"

• For use in 24" wide base cabinets.• Pre-assembled natural wood drawer insert.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Place a cabinet with a CIW next to adishwasher for convenience.

CIW is also available installed in B_ _CIW,B_ _RTCIW, and 4DB_ _CIW. See pages 85,89, & 110.

wood tiered cutlery divider drawer15" wide

33/4"

117/16"

21"

201/4"

911/16"

See Price Book page 47.

WTCD15

Top Viewof Bottom Unit

Top Viewof Top Unit

• Exterior WTCD drawer box height is 3 3/4", interiorheight of top and bottom tier is 1 3/8".

• Replaces standard drawer (4 1/2" high frameopening). Uses existing cabinet member drawerhardware.

• Requires field installation of drawer front.• For use in 15" wide, 24" deep base cabinets only.• Top divider slides front-to-back.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

231Effective October 2015

Page 239: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

wood tiered cutlery divider drawer18" wide

33/4"

147/16"

21"

201/4"

1211/16"

See Price Book page 47.

WTCD18

Top Viewof Bottom Unit

Top Viewof Top Unit

• Exterior WTCD drawer box height is 3 3/4", interiorheight of top and bottom tier is 1 3/8".

• Replaces standard drawer (4 1/2" high frameopening). Uses existing cabinet member drawerhardware.

• Requires field installation of drawer front.• For use in 18" wide, 24" deep base cabinets only.• Top divider slides front-to-back.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

wood tiered cutlery divider drawer21" wide

33/4"

177/16"

21"

201/4"

1511/16"

See Price Book page 47.

WTCD21

Top Viewof Bottom Unit

Top Viewof Top Unit

• Exterior WTCD drawer box height is 3 3/4", interiorheight of top and bottom tier is 1 3/8".

• Replaces standard drawer (4 1/2" high frameopening). Uses existing cabinet member drawerhardware.

• Requires field installation of drawer front.• For use in 21" wide, 24" deep base cabinets only.• Top divider slides front-to-back.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

wood tiered cutlery divider drawer24" wide

33/4"

207/16"

21"

201/4"1811/16"

See Price Book page 47.

WTCD24

Top Viewof Bottom Unit

Top Viewof Top Unit

• Exterior WTCD drawer box height is 3 3/4", interiorheight of top and bottom tier is 1 3/8".

• Replaces standard drawer (4 1/2" high frameopening). Uses existing cabinet member drawerhardware.

• Requires field installation of drawer front.• For use in 24" wide, 24" deep base cabinets only.• Top divider slides front-to-back.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

232Effective October 2015

Page 240: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

cooking utensil dividerSee Price Book page 47.

CUDD24

25/8"

191/2"

1815/16"

• Pre-assembled natural wood drawer insert.• For use in 24" wide base cabinets.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

cooking utensil dividerSee Price Book page 47.

CUDD30CUDD36

25/8"

191/2"

2415/16" or 3015/16"

• Pre-assembled natural wood drawer insert.• CUDD30 for use in 30" wide base cabinets.• CUDD36 for use in 36" wide base cabinets.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

base pan storage

19"

167/8", 227/8", or 287/8"Opening Width

181/8", 241/8", or 301/8"

10"

Model ApplicationBPS24 24" BaseBPS30 30" BaseBPS36 36" Base

See Price Book page 47.

BPS24BPS30BPS36

• Roll tray not included.• Insert consists of solid Maple sides and shelves.

Back is edgebanded plywood.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Base Pan Storage Kit is also available installedin B_ _PS. See page 91.

CabMat™See Price Book page 47.

CABMAT30CABMAT33CABMAT36

281/4", 311/4", or 341/4"229/16"

• Designed with a slope to capture spills and isremovable for cleaning.

• See CabMat™ modification for easy size selectionby cabinet model.

Liquid Capacity Cabinet SizeQuarts Liters Width Depth

CABMAT30 4.2 3.9 30" 24"CABMAT33 4.6 4.3 33" 24"CABMAT36 5.0 4.7 36" 24"

ModificationsAre Not

Available

CabMat™ vanitySee Price Book page 47.

CABMATV24CABMATV30CABMATV36

221/4", 281/4", or 341/4"199/16"

• Designed with a slope to capture spills and isremovable for cleaning.

• See CabMat™ modification for easy size selectionby cabinet model.

Liquid Capacity Cabinet SizeQuarts Liters Face Frame Opening Depth

CABMATV24 2.5 2.4 21"-24" 21"CABMATV30 3.3 3.1 27"-30" 21"CABMATV36 3.9 3.7 33" 21"

ModificationsAre Not

Available

CabMat™ is also available installed as amodification for easy size selection by cabinet,see CMAT on page 35.

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

233Effective October 2015

Page 241: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

tiltout tray, plastic

33/4"

11" or 141/4"

2"

Model Size ApplicationTOT15 11 1/4"W x 2"D x 3 3/4"H SB30, SB33TOT18 14 1/4"W x 2"D x 3 3/4"H SB24, SB27, SB36,

SB39, SB42, SB48

See Price Book page 47.

TOT15TOT18

• Kit includes two white plastic trays and one pair oftiltout hinges.

• Clean using a mild soap and water. Avoid scaldingwater.

• Attaches to the inside of the false panel.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Tiltout Tray is also available installed inSB_ _ST and SB_ _STS. See pages 96, 97, &98.

Tiltout Trays are stain resistant, moistureresistant plastic to allow storage of spongesand other cleaning materials.

false panel clipSee Price Book page 47.

FALSEPANELCLIP

• Use to secure false drawer fronts.• Sold in pairs.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

pegged dish organizer

191/2"2915/16"

515/16"Peg Height

515/16"

See Price Book page 47.

PDO (Eight Wooden Posts & Board)PDOPOSTS (Four Wooden Posts)

• Pegged board is 3/8" thick.• Posts are 5 15/16" high.• For use in 36" wide base cabinets.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Pegged Dish Organizer is also availableinstalled in 2DB36RTPDO. See page 109.

Meets KCMA standards of 15 lbs. per squarefoot.

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

234Effective October 2015

Page 242: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

chrome tray divider kit

121/4"

193/4"

See Price Book page 47.

CTDK

• Includes one chrome divider and three clips.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Tray Divider Kit is also available installed inTD_ _ L or R. See pages 92-93.

wine glass holder

1011/16" 281/4"

1011/16" 341/4"

See Price Book page 47.

WGH30 (Seven Slots)WGH36 (Eight Slots)

• Maximum wine glass base is 3 1/4" diameter.• Wine Glass Holder is finished.• May be trimmed to fit smaller cabinets.

Designed for installation under a wall cabinet(between end panels and behind face frame).

roll tray plug in bracketSee Price Book page 47.

RTBKSXSP

• For use with roll tray hardware to preventinterference with door hinges. Also included in rolltray hardware kit.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Specie Availability Options

Cherry Hickory Maple✓ ✓ ✓

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

235Effective October 2015

Page 243: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

roll tray kit - premium guide (SP)

33/8"

Model ApplicationRT12SP B12, U12RT15SP B15, U15RT18SP B18, U18RT21SP B21, B42, U21RT24SP B24, B48, U24RT27SP B27, U27RT30SP B30, B30RT, B30FHRT, U30RT33SP B33, B33RT, B33FHRT, U33RT36SP B36, B36RT, B36FHRT, U36

See Price Book page 47.

For 18" Deep CabinetsRT1218SPRT1518SPRT1818SPRT2118SPRT2418SPRT2718SPRT3018SPRT3318SPRT3618SPFor 21" Deep CabinetsRT1221SPRT1521SPRT1821SPRT2121SPRT2421SPRT2721SPRT3021SPRT3321SPRT3621SPFor 24" Deep CabinetsRT12SPRT15SPRT18SPRT21SPRT24SPRT27SPRT30SPRT33SPRT36SP

• Includes roll tray, roll tray brackets, hardware,screws, and installation instructions.

Reduced depth upcharge is applied if roll tray isordered for a reduced depth cabinet (minimumdepth = 12").

CustomModificationOptions

ID RD✓

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

236Effective October 2015

Page 244: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

HEAT SHIELDS

straight heat shield

30"

121/32"3/8" Radius

See Price Book page 47.

STRTHEATSHIELDSTRTHSHIELDSS

• Heat shield is used to deflect heatfrom self-cleaning ovens away fromcabinet doors and drawer fronts.

• Installs on the side of the face frameof each cabinet adjacent to the oven.

• STRTHEATSHIELD is a pair of whitepowder coated metal shields.

• STRTHSHIELDSS is a pair of stainlesssteel metal shields.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

For use when additional 1/8" can be added tothe oven manufacturer’s recommended spacerequirement.

oven installation kit

4"

3"

235/8"

See Price Book page 47.

OCINSTALLKIT

• Recommended for supporting built-in appliancessuch as ovens, microwaves, warming drawers.Refer to appliance manufacturer specifications forinstallation requirements.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

237Effective October 2015

Page 245: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

HINGES

integrated QuietClose hinge6-way adjustable

See Price Book page 47.

38NPOHINGE

• 1/2" partial overlay 107° hinge.• For use on all cabinets not specified by other hinges.• For use on full overlay styles: Base Transition

Cabinets (BTC), Wall Transition Cabinets (WTC),Diagonal Wall (DW) and Diagonal Base (DAB)Cabinets, and Angled Corner Sink Bases (ACS) &Fronts (ACSF).

• Sold in pairs.

integrated QuietClose hinge6-way adjustable

See Price Book page 47.

38CFOHINGE

• 107° full overlay hinge.• For use on all cabinets not specified by other

hinges.• Sold in pairs.

integrated QuietClose hinge4-way adjustable

See Price Book page 47.

38BFOVHINGE

• Full overlay, face mount 107° hinge.• For use on OCD and OCS cabinets.• Sold in pairs.

90° corner center cuphingeSee Price Book page 47.

32049HINGE

• Self-closing center hinge.• For use on ER, BLS, SLS, and BER cabinets

(except door revolving cabinets).• Sold in pairs.

170° hingeSee Price Book page 47.

942HINGE

• 90° corner door to frame.• 3/4" overlay cup 170° hinge.• For use on BSC, BLS, SLS, BER, and ER cabinets

(except door revolving cabinets).• Sold in pairs.

mirror hingeSee Price Book page 48.

7299HINGE

• For use on MC cabinets.• Sold in pairs.

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

238Effective October 2015

Page 246: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

hinge angle restriction clipSee Price Book page 48.

HINGERESCLIP

• For use in applications with cabinets installed atvarying depths to prevent the door damage causedby opening into an adjacent cabinet.

• Restricts hinges to 86° opening capability.• Works only with the 38NPOHINGE and

38CFOHINGE.• Not recommended for cabinets with roll trays

specified in partial overlay styles.• Sold in pairs.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

premium door mechanismSee Price Book page 48.

PDM

• Creates a smooth and silent self-closing motion.• Each PDM sold individually and includes all

necessary hardware for installation onto faceframe.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

stain & paint

Finish Product CodeBarrel STAINSTANDARDBrulee STAINSTANDARDCarrara on Cotton PAINTPREMIUMChocolate STAINSTANDARDCotton PAINTQUARTFox STAINSTANDARDMacaroon STAINSTANDARDPalomino STAINPREMIUMToasted Almond on Cotton PAINTPREMIUMTrestle STAINSTANDARDWhiskey Black STAINPREMIUMWhite PAINTQUART

See Price Book page 48.

STAINSTANDARD (Standard Finish)STAINPREMIUM (Premium Finish)PAINTQUARTPAINTPREMIUM

• Wiping stains can be sprayed at low pressure.• Sold in quarts.• STAINPREMIUM includes one quart of stain and

one quart of glaze.• PAINTPREMIUM includes one quart of paint and

one quart of glaze.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Specify finish name and wood type whenordering stain.

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

239Effective October 2015

Page 247: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

touch-up kitSee Price Book page 48.

TUKMTUK

• Touch-Up Kit includes touch-up marker and a fillstick.

• Mini Touch-Up Kit includes small touch-up markerand a small fill stick.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

Specify finish name and wood type whenordering touch-up kits.

retainer clipSee Price Book page 48.

RETCLIP250BAG

• 6 retainer clips.

ModificationsAre Not

Available

bumper padSee Price Book page 48.

BUMPERPADS (Pkg. 25)

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

240Effective October 2015

Page 248: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

replacement doors and drawersSee Price Book page 0.

Doors and DrawersDoor For Any Cabinet 18" High or LessDoor For Any Cabinet 21" to 30" HighDoor For Any Cabinet 33" or Higher

For All Other CabinetsNo Hinge Route Doors 18" High or LessNo Hinge Route Doors 21" to 30" HighNo Hinge Route Doors 33" or HigherAny Drawer Front OnlyComplete Drawer (Without Drawer Hardware)Drawer Box Only (Without Drawer Hardware)

• All applicable modifications and premium finish upcharges will apply.

ACCESSORIES

AND

PARTS

241Effective October 2015

Page 249: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

THE THOMASVILLE STUDIO 1904 EXPRESS RESPONSE™ PROGRAM

our commitment to designers and customers

Ask any kitchen and bath designer what they need most from a cabinet company to help satisfy customers, and fast parts replacement and quick problemresolution will often be at the top of the list. Thomasville’s Express Response™ program is designed to ensure superior product performance and long-lastingcustomer satisfaction.

Express Response is our commitment to designers to provide closure to a previous order that has not been totally satisfied.

guidelines

1. Order must be associated with the previous order number.

2. All orders received by 12 NOON E.T. Monday-Friday will be automatically scheduled for Express Response that same day.

3. Lead time calculation is based on receipt of a clean order on a credit-worthy account. Clean orders are orders in which all information is provided andaccurate.

4. For orders containing both 12-day and 5-day items, the longer lead time applies.

5. There is no additional up-charge for expedited services.

6. There are no cancellations or returns once order is received.

7. Special orders and appliance panels are excluded from Express Response due to the unique nature of these requests. However, customer servicerepresentatives are available to help process these requests as standard lead-time orders.

8. Express Response is available within the continental United States. Should Alaska, Hawaii or international shipments be required, customer servicerepresentatives are ready to assist by providing shipping information and determining lead times.

lead times

12 working days or less from order to delivery (or home delivery agent):

1. Items shipped via LTL (via SuperPAC™) or truckload.

2. Includes all catalog items except those that can be expedited through the 5-day program listed below.

5 working days from order to delivery (or home delivery agent):

1. Qualified items are designated in the Pricing/Specification Guide with an icon

2. Items will ship via parcel ground.• Lead time calculation allows for 2 days parcel ground shipping time. Some geographic areas may require additional shipping time.

Questions? If you have questions that aren’t answered here, contact your Customer Service team.

POLICIES

AND

PROCEDURES

242Effective October 2015

Page 250: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

HOME DELIVERY PROGRAM - GUIDELINES

• Home deliveries will be completed to the consumer between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. (local time zone). Monday through Friday.

• The home delivery agent will contact the consumer within two business days of receiving the order to schedule a delivery date and four (4) hour window forthe delivery appointment.

• The consumer must be able to schedule a delivery appointment upon initial contact by the delivery agent. Storage charges will be applied to orders that areunable to be delivered within fourteen (14) calendar days from receipt of the order by the delivery agent.

• An adult (age 18 years or older) must be present at the time of delivery. It will be considered a no-show or refusal if the consumer is not present at the timeof the scheduled delivery. The delivery personnel will wait 15 minutes prior to departing. Re-delivery charges may apply.

• Delivery service will be provided to the consumer’s garage, first floor with paved street access, or accessible new construction area.

• Delivery service is to be provided by the delivery personnel without any assistance from the consumer and without damage to the product.

• Multiple mouldings, trim or toekicks may be packaged within long tray cartons. Labels on the exterior of the carton will represent the total piece count.

• Indicate any visible damage to packaging or missing cartons on the delivery receipt (bill of lading) given to you by the carrier. After completing the deliveryreceipt, sign and return the document (see next two points below) to the delivery personnel. They will sign the receipt and provide you with a copy.

• Be sure to count the number of cabinets and pieces to ensure that your order is complete while the driver is present. If there are missing pieces, clearlymark the document as ‘‘Short’’ with the number of pieces prior to signing.

• At the time of delivery, please complete a visual inspection of all boxes for any clear and visible damage. If there are visibly damaged pieces, clearly markthe document as ‘‘Damaged’’ with the number of pieces prior to signing.

• We recommend that you open all cabinet boxes and moulding trays to inspect your shipment within 10 days of delivery. Please call Customer Service at800-317-0510 to report any damages or shortage that may not have been visible at the time of delivery.

DISCONTINUED PRODUCT POLICY

Product will no longer be available for order after the discontinuation date. Only warranty orders will be considered. Even with warranty orders we will have theoption to replace customer’s defective product with the same discontinued product they originally purchased or replace all doors originally ordered with acurrent product that is similar in appearance.

POLICIES

AND

PROCEDURES

243Effective October 2015

Page 251: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CABINET RETURN POLICY - AT A GLANCE

for misordered products and cancellations:

• Returnable? YES - call Thomasville Studio 1904 Customer Service at 1.800.317.0510

• New Purchase Order? YES

• Cancellation Charge? YES - 20%

• Amount of Credit? 80%

• Re-delivery Charge? NO - unless Express Response requested

• Avoid 20% Cancellation Charge Advise Thomasville Studio 1904 of change(s) within 72 hours of EDI transmitted order

for damaged, defective, or incorrectly shipped products:

• Returnable? YES - call Thomasville Studio 1904 Customer Service at 1.800.317.0510

• New Purchase Order? NO

• Cancellation Charge? NO

• Amount of Credit? 100%*

• Re-delivery Charge? NO

ordered something wrong?

• Avoid 20% cancellation fee. Thomasville Studio 1904 allows any changes to your order (excluding Express Response orders) at no cost within 72 hours ofEDI transmitted order.

• Orders are placed into production after the 72 hour grace period.

• No changes to original purchase order allowed. Must submit a new purchase order.

• New purchase order number required for replacement product.

• Mis-ordered product is subject to pick up.

• Replacement items automatically shipped via Fed Ex or Thomasville Studio 1904 fleet (depending on size).

received a damaged, defective or incorrectly shipped product?

• Replacement is automatically shipped via Express Response.

• Damaged, defective, or incorrectly shipped product is subject to pick up.

• No new purchase order is required.

remind your consumers to inspect all cabinets immediately upon arrival

• All cabinets and parts are subject to pick up.

• Do not return product on your own.

• Installed products, products having a custom modification, or products that have been modified in the field cannot be returned**.

• Time limit for contacting Customer Service regarding any problems is 90 days from invoice.

*Thomasville Studio 1904 must be given the opportunity to replace or correct shipped products or customers will only receive 80% credit.**If returned in error, credit will not be issued.

POLICIES

AND

PROCEDURES

244Effective October 2015

Page 252: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

WARRANTY

lifetime limited warranty

MasterBrand Cabinets Inc. (‘‘the manufacturer’’) warrants the original consumer purchaser for as longas they own their home that their Thomasville Studio 1904™ products will be free from defects inmaterial and workmanship under normal use. This warranty is only applicable to products used inresidential applications within the United States and is not transferable to subsequent owners.

Should defects in material or workmanship exist during the applicable warranty period in anyThomasville Studio 1904 product, the manufacturer will elect at its discretion to either repair or replacethe defective material or component, free of charge. This warranty covers only parts and materials ofthe products supplied by the manufacturer. Not covered under this warranty are counter tops,appliances, plumbing fixtures, etc. or the costs, including labor, to remove and reinstall materials andrelated components such as fittings, appliances, etc.

This warranty shall become void if the cabinets are in any way modified, improperly installed ordamaged prior to or during the installation. Furthermore, this warranty will not apply to cabinetsdamaged by misuse, neglect, abuse, acts of God, exposure to moisture, exposure to extremetemperatures or the effects of normal wear and tear.

Natural woods may vary in color, characteristics and exhibit subtle changes as they age. For example,white painted face frames may eventually have visible cracking around the joint area and cabinetcolors may darken or lighten over time. Sunlight, smoke, household cleaners and other environmentalconditions may also affect the color match over time. These variations are considered to be the natureof the material in relation to their environmental exposure and are not covered under this warranty. Inaddition, unfinished cabinetry is warranted for structural integrity only.

The manufacturer reserves the right to alter design, specifications and material without obligation tomake similar changes to products previously manufactured.

The repair(s) or replacement(s) are contingent upon the current product offerings of styles andconstruction options within the Thomasville Studio 1904 product line at the time of the warranty claim.If a warranty claim is filed after a Thomasville Studio 1904 product becomes obsolete, themanufacturer reserves the right to honor the warranty in one of the following fashions:

1. To replace the affected component with a new component of the same style.

2. To replace the affected component and any other component(s) in the residential application toachieve a uniform appearance with a similar and comparable product style of the originallypurchased style.

If components are replaced, the manufacturer cannot guarantee that the finish of these replacementswill exactly match the finish and appearance of the components in the residential application. This isdue to the changes that occur during the woods’ natural aging process, affecting its color and grain.

THIS WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY OF MASTERBRAND CABINETS, INC. WITHRESPECT TO THOMASVILLE STUDIO 1904 PRODUCTS. THE MANUFACTURER DISCLAIMS ALLOTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may have other rights, which vary from state tostate. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, sothe above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.

To obtain replacement(s) under this limited warranty, first contact the store from which themerchandise was purchased, who will arrange for inspection of the cabinet. A dated sales receipt asproof of purchase is required to obtain benefits from this warranty. If you have difficulty obtainingassistance, please write to: Thomasville Studio 1904 Customer Service, One MasterBrand CabinetsDrive, Jasper, IN 47546.

WARRANTY

245Effective October 2015

Page 253: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CodePageNumber

2DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082DB..PDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082DB..RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082DB..RTPDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1092SBARLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2132SISLLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2122VSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147-1492VSD..FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 15032049HINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23838BFOVHINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23838CFOHINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23838NPOHINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1094DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1104DB..CIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1104SBARLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2144SISLLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2134VDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1476VSD..FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1547299HINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238942HINGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238ACOVLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207ACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100ACSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99ACSFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98AV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84, 85B..BCFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166B..BCFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166B..CIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85B..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86, 87B..PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91B..RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89B..RTCIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89, 90B..RTWTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90B..TDRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92B..WTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86BBCPO..OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113BBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201BBMSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101BEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115BED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179BEDSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179BEPF..AE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176BEPF..AELSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176BEPF..AERSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176BEPF..FPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175BEPF..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174BEPF..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174BEPLAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172BEPS..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168BEPS..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168BEPWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172BER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103, 104BFRC3X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82BLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102BLSBEPLAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172BLSBEPWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

CodePageNumber

BLVDFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165BLVDTFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165BMWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114, 115BO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114BP..CRSGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170BP..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170BP..VG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171BP..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170BPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113BPPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91BPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233BSC..PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88BSC..PRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88BSC..RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88BSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112BTC..LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107BTC..LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107BTC..RL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107BTC..RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107BUMPERPADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240BWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110, 111BWB..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111BWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112CABMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233CABMATV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233CAPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163CIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231CLTCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189CNTYSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95CONVERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82CORBELART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218CORBELMIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218, 219CORBELOWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219CORBELSCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219, 220COTCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189COVECROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190CPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197CTDK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235CUDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233DAB..S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102DAB..SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103DDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137DDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137DE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196DFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138DGK..PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228DGK..RTSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228DGK-BKSOCKET-PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228DGK-BKSOCKET-RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228DGK-BKSOCKET-SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228DLEGMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211DW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67, 68DW..LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69DW..S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68EGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196ENGBARCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209ENGISLCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209ER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69, 70

CodePageNumber

ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162, 163FALSEPANELCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234FDWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139FFRC3X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82FV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206HINGEFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227HINGERESCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239ICM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204INSCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190JBRACKETART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220JCORBELARTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221JCRAFTFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214JGSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230JGSKDW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230JMISINSERTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197JRPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207JTILEMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226KNOBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222,

224-227KNOBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222-226KNOBTK..TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224KNOBTK..TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224LB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203LBRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157LCRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157LGCORBEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218LGSQFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215LIFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216LRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204LSACROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191LSHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160METBARCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210METISLCOLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210MSACROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191MTCROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192MTUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205OCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130-133OCINSTALLKIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237OCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205OCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-129OGEEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164PAINTPREMIUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239PAINTQUART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239PDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234PDOPOSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234PULLM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222-225,

227PULLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222-225PULLTK..TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224PULLTK..TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225

INDEX

BY

CODE

246Effective October 2015

Page 254: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

CodePageNumber

QRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205RDLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211RETCLIP..BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240ROSETTEMIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197RT..SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236RTBKSXSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235S..X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163SACROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94SB..ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96, 97SB..STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98SBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199SBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220SCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193SFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195SHELFPEGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230SHKRCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192SHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104, 105SLSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105, 106SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198SMCOVECROWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190SMLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203SPLEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212SPTRINGEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216SPTRINGREED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217SPTRINGSPOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217SSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200STAINPREMIUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239STAINSTANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239STKMLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182-188STR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195STRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196STRTHEATSHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237STRTHSHIELDSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237SWCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193SWLCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193SWTCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194SWVCRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194T..BCFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167T..BCFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167TAPLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215TB8LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202TB8WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202TBEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200TBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92, 93TD..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93TED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180TED..SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180TEP..FAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177TEP..FAELSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178TEP..FAERSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178TEP..FFPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175TEP..FLAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174TEP..FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174TEP..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172, 173

CodePageNumber

TEP..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172, 173TEPS..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168TEPS..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162, 163TF..FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162, 163TKC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202TKTLFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215TLFOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216TOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234TSTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200TUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240TWH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81TWHBLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117-121U..RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122-125UCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138, 155VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144-146VDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146VDL..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156VFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160VS3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153VSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141-144VSD..FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150-153VU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158VV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207VWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159VWTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49-62,

78, 159W..BCFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166W..BCFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166W..BCFV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135W..BCVV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136W3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63, 64WAGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 74WBCPO..OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-67WCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77WEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70WEC..D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71WED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180WEP..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171WEP..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171WEPS..LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169WEPS..WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169WGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235WHCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80WHCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81WMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80WMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199WNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77WO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79WQRES..STSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71WSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79WSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76WTC..LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72WTC..LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

CodePageNumber

WTC..RL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72WTC..RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72WTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231, 232

INDEX

BY

CODE

247Effective October 2015

Page 255: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

INDEX

BY

CODE

248Effective October 2015

Page 256: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

INDEX

BY

CODE

249Effective October 2015

Page 257: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

INDEX

BY

CODE

250Effective October 2015

Page 258: DESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE - hssales- · PDF fileDESIGNER SPECIFICATION GUIDE EFFECTIVE OCTOBER, 2015 ... Quarter Round ... Retainer Clip

Thomasville® Sudio 1904™ Cabinetry

Lifetime Limited Warranty and General Information

MasterBrand Cabinets Inc. (“the manufacturer”) warrants the original consumer purchaser for as long as they own their home that their Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry products will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use.

Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry carry a lifetime limited warranty. These limited warranties do not cover misuse*, improper storage, improper installation, labor costs or defects incurred during installation, storage or transportation. We reserve the right to repair or replace any defective material after field inspection by our representative. For complete warranty details, please refer to the Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry Warranty Document.

*Load bearing floors and shelves meet KCMA standards of 15 lbs. per square foot. Warranty does not cover overloading beyond this standard.

A complete inspection of deliveries is to be performed before signing the delivery receipt. Any damage or shortages must be noted on the delivery receipt and a new order should be placed with Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry Customer Service. A signed delivery receipt with no notations will indicate a complete and damage-free shipment. Damage or shortages must be noted on the freight bill and a claim filed with the carrier. All claims for damages or shortages must be made by the customer.

Please make reference to the cabinet selection guide for information pertaining to characteristics of wood. This information will tell you the reactions that natural woods might develop under certain conditions after product is finished.

Prices and specifications in material, construction and design are subject to change without notice as conditions require, or as improvements are developed.

Rep Name:

Phone Number:

Styles, product availability and construction may vary slightly from those shown in this book due to material availability and/or design evolution. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customer service is available if your design requires verification of product availability and specifications.

Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry is a registered trademark of Thomasville Home Furnishings, Inc., a subsidiary of Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.All rights reserved. ©2015

The Home Depot® is a registered trademark of Homer TLC, Inc.All rights reserved.

Your work day is filled with enough hassles, Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry believes your cabinet order shouldn’t be another one...

Let our experts help you!

Your Dedicated Customer Service Team:Phone: 1.800.317.0510Fax: 1.877.333.7122

Track Orders:http://thdordertracker.masterbrand.com/designer

Refer to the Policies and Procedures section within this book for details on all Thomasville® Studio 1904™ Cabinetry Programs and Policies.